Tk Source Code

Changes On Branch tip-584
Login
Bounty program for improvements to Tcl and certain Tcl packages.

Many hyperlinks are disabled.
Use anonymous login to enable hyperlinks.

Changes In Branch ttk_introspect Excluding Merge-Ins

This is equivalent to a diff from 32a9cba0 to 374563c5

2020-11-15
13:44
Merge implementation of TIP #584 (Better introspection for ttk), as a result of TIP acceptance through TCT vote. check-in: a11a96d4 user: fvogel tags: trunk, main
2020-10-31
13:50
Merge trunk, and fix conflict in tests/ttk/scrollbar.test (due to [33556bc9]). Closed-Leaf check-in: 374563c5 user: fvogel tags: ttk_introspect, tip-584
2020-10-29
17:09
Merge 8.6 check-in: a6ff44a1 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk, main
2020-10-27
07:08
Rename "trunk" to "main". Add "trunk" propagating tag for backwards compatibility check-in: 0f77b70d user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk, main
01:25
Merge 8.6 Closed-Leaf check-in: 32a9cba0 user: marc_culler tags: trunk
2020-10-26
08:58
Merge 8.6 check-in: 88e0ce57 user: jan.nijtmans tags: trunk
2020-10-25
20:11
Adjustment for Sierra. Closed-Leaf check-in: 77a51c32 user: culler tags: bug-5cc72e002c
2020-09-20
12:28
More improvements in ttk::style man page. check-in: 21d02833 user: fvogel tags: ttk_introspect, tip-584

Changes to .travis.yml.

177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
249
250
251
252
253
254
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
    - name: "macOS/Clang++/Xcode 12/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib CC=clang++ --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-D__private_extern__=extern"
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
      install:
        - ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
      script: &mactest
        - make all tktest
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Static"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua --disable-shared CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
      install:
        - ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
      script: *mactest
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Debug"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua --enable-symbols CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
      install:
        - ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
      script: *mactest
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Shared/XQuartz"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --disable-corefoundation --x-includes=/opt/X11/include --x-libraries=/opt/X11/lib CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
      install:
        - ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
      script: *mactest
# Older MacOS versions
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 11/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode11.7
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.14"
      install:
        - ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
      script: *mactest
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 10/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode10.3
      addons:
        homebrew:
          packages:
            - tcl-tk
          update: true
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.14"
      install:
        - ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
      script: *mactest
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 9/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode9.4
      addons:
        homebrew:
          packages:
            - tcl-tk
          update: true
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.13"
      install:
        - ./configure ${CFGOPT} "--prefix=$HOME" || (cat config.log && exit 1)
      script: *mactest
# Test on Windows with MSVC native
#   - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared"
#     os: windows
#     compiler: cl
#     env: &vcenv
#       - BUILD_DIR=win
#       - VCDIR="/C/Program Files (x86)/Microsoft Visual Studio/2017/BuildTools/VC/Auxiliary/Build"






<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<






<
<
<






<
<
<






<
<
<







<
<
<











<
<
<











<
<
<







177
178
179
180
181
182
183










184
185
186
187
188
189



190
191
192
193
194
195



196
197
198
199
200
201



202
203
204
205
206
207
208



209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219



220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230



231
232
233
234
235
236
237
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"
    - name: "macOS/Clang++/Xcode 12/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib CC=clang++ --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-D__private_extern__=extern"










    - name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Static"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua --disable-shared CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"



    - name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Debug"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua --enable-symbols CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"



    - name: "macOS/Xcode 12/Shared/XQuartz"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode12
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --disable-corefoundation --x-includes=/opt/X11/include --x-libraries=/opt/X11/lib CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include"



# Older MacOS versions
    - name: "macOS/Xcode 11/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode11.7
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.14"



    - name: "macOS/Xcode 10/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode10.3
      addons:
        homebrew:
          packages:
            - tcl-tk
          update: true
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.14"



    - name: "macOS/Xcode 9/Shared"
      os: osx
      osx_image: xcode9.4
      addons:
        homebrew:
          packages:
            - tcl-tk
          update: true
      env:
        - BUILD_DIR=unix
        - CFGOPT="--with-tcl=/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/lib --enable-aqua CFLAGS=-I/usr/local/opt/tcl-tk/include CPPFLAGS=-mmacosx-version-min=10.13"



# Test on Windows with MSVC native
#   - name: "Windows/MSVC/Shared"
#     os: windows
#     compiler: cl
#     env: &vcenv
#       - BUILD_DIR=win
#       - VCDIR="/C/Program Files (x86)/Microsoft Visual Studio/2017/BuildTools/VC/Auxiliary/Build"

Changes to doc/ttk_button.n.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51


52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
.\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" .OP \-font font Font
.\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
.\" .OP \-relief relief Relief
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR


commands, buttons support the following additional widget commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
Invokes the command associated with the button.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard
themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.






|
>
>
|







44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
.\" .OP \-foreground foreground Foreground
.\" .OP \-font font Font
.\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
.\" .OP \-relief relief Relief
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
button widgets support the following additional commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinvoke\fR
Invokes the command associated with the button.
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::button\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all standard
themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.

Changes to doc/ttk_checkbutton.n.

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40


41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
when the widget is selected.  Defaults to \fB1\fR.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget.
Defaults to the widget pathname if not specified.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR


commands, checkbuttons support the following additional
widget commands:
.TP
\fIpathname\fB invoke\fR
Toggles between the selected and deselected states
and evaluates the associated \fB\-command\fR.
If the widget is currently selected, sets the \fB\-variable\fR
to the \fB\-offvalue\fR and deselects the widget;
otherwise, sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-onvalue\fR






|
>
>
|
<







33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
when the widget is selected.  Defaults to \fB1\fR.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget.
Defaults to the widget pathname if not specified.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
checkbutton widgets support the following additional commands:

.TP
\fIpathname\fB invoke\fR
Toggles between the selected and deselected states
and evaluates the associated \fB\-command\fR.
If the widget is currently selected, sets the \fB\-variable\fR
to the \fB\-offvalue\fR and deselects the widget;
otherwise, sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-onvalue\fR

Changes to doc/ttk_combobox.n.

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95

96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
.OP \-values values Values
Specifies the list of values to display in the drop-down listbox.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window,
in average-size characters of the widget's font.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The following subcommands are possible for combobox widgets:
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
'\"Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
'\"Modify or query widget options.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.

.TP
\fIpathName \fBcurrent\fR ?\fInewIndex\fR?
If \fInewIndex\fR is supplied, sets the combobox value
to the element at position \fInewIndex\fR in the list of \fB\-values\fR
(in addition to integers, the \fBend\fR index is supported and indicates
the last element of the list).
Otherwise, returns the index of the current value in the list of
\fB\-values\fR or \fB\-1\fR if the current value does not appear in the list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the current value of the combobox.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR
'\"Returns the name of the element at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstateSpec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
'\"Test the widget state.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset\fR \fIvalue\fR
Sets the value of the combobox to \fIvalue\fR.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
'\"Modify or query the widget state.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.PP
The combobox widget also supports the following \fBttk::entry\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::entry(n)\fR for details):

.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBbbox\fR	\fBdelete\fR	\fBicursor\fR
\fBindex\fR	\fBinsert\fR	\fBselection\fR
\fBxview\fR
.DE
The combobox widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBcget\fR	\fBconfigure\fR	\fBidentify\fR
\fBinstate\fR	\fBstate\fR
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event
when the user selects an element from the list of values.
If the selection action unposts the listbox,
this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"






|
|
|
<
|
<
<
<
<
>











<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<



<
<
<
<


<
>






<
<
<
<
<
<
<







51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60

61




62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73








74
75
76




77
78

79
80
81
82
83
84
85







86
87
88
89
90
91
92
.OP \-values values Values
Specifies the list of values to display in the drop-down listbox.
.OP \-width width Width
Specifies an integer value indicating the desired width of the entry window,
in average-size characters of the widget's font.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR

commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),




combobox widgets support the following additional commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcurrent\fR ?\fInewIndex\fR?
If \fInewIndex\fR is supplied, sets the combobox value
to the element at position \fInewIndex\fR in the list of \fB\-values\fR
(in addition to integers, the \fBend\fR index is supported and indicates
the last element of the list).
Otherwise, returns the index of the current value in the list of
\fB\-values\fR or \fB\-1\fR if the current value does not appear in the list.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the current value of the combobox.








.TP
\fIpathName \fBset\fR \fIvalue\fR
Sets the value of the combobox to \fIvalue\fR.




.PP
The combobox widget also supports the following \fBttk::entry\fR

widget commands:
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBbbox\fR	\fBdelete\fR	\fBicursor\fR
\fBindex\fR	\fBinsert\fR	\fBselection\fR
\fBxview\fR
.DE







.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The combobox widget generates a \fB<<ComboboxSelected>>\fR virtual event
when the user selects an element from the list of values.
If the selection action unposts the listbox,
this event is delivered after the listbox is unposted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"

Changes to doc/ttk_entry.n.

135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142




143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
...
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
...
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
.QW \fBe\fR
or
.QW \fBsel.l\fR .
In general, out-of-range indices are automatically rounded to the
nearest legal value.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
The following subcommands are possible for entry widgets:




.TP
\fIpathName \fBbbox \fIindex\fR
Returns a list of four numbers describing the bounding box of the
character given by \fIindex\fR.
The first two elements of the list give the x and y coordinates of
the upper-left corner of the screen area covered by the character
(in pixels relative to the widget) and the last two elements give
the width and height of the character, in pixels.
The bounding box may refer to a region outside the visible area
of the window.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBcget\fR \fIoption\fR
'\"Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
'\"Modify or query widget options.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdelete \fIfirst \fR?\fIlast\fR?
Delete one or more elements of the entry.
\fIFirst\fR is the index of the first character to delete, and
\fIlast\fR is the index of the character just after the last
one to delete.
If \fIlast\fR is not specified it defaults to \fIfirst\fR+1,
................................................................................
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the entry's string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBicursor \fIindex\fR
Arrange for the insert cursor to be displayed just before the character
given by \fIindex\fR.  Returns the empty string.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR
'\"Returns the name of the element at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR,
'\"or the empty string if the coordinates are outside the window.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBindex\fI index\fR
Returns the numerical index corresponding to \fIindex\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex string\fR
Insert \fIstring\fR just before the character
indicated by \fIindex\fR.  Returns the empty string.
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
'\"Test the widget state.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBselection \fIoption arg\fR
This command is used to adjust the selection within an entry.  It
has several forms, depending on \fIoption\fR:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBselection clear\fR
................................................................................
\fIpathName \fBselection range \fIstart\fR \fIend\fR
Sets the selection to include the characters starting with
the one indexed by \fIstart\fR and ending with the one just
before \fIend\fR.
If \fIend\fR refers to the same character as \fIstart\fR or an
earlier one, then the entry's selection is cleared.
.RE
'\".TP
'\"\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
'\"Modify or query the widget state.
'\"See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR
Force revalidation, independent of the conditions specified
by the \fB\-validate\fR option.
Returns 0 if validation fails, 1 if it succeeds.
Sets or clears the \fBinvalid\fR state accordingly.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more details.
.PP
The entry widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBcget\fR	\fBconfigure\fR	\fBidentify\fR
\fBinstate\fR	\fBstate\fR	\fBxview\fR
.DE
.SH VALIDATION
.PP
The \fB\-validate\fR, \fB\-validatecommand\fR, and \fB\-invalidcommand\fR
options are used to enable entry widget validation.
.SS "VALIDATION MODES"
.PP
There are two main validation modes: \fIprevalidation\fR,






|
>
>
>
>










<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<
<







<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<
<







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156








157
158
159
160
161
162
163
...
166
167
168
169
170
171
172




173
174
175
176
177
178
179




180
181
182
183
184
185
186
...
195
196
197
198
199
200
201




202
203
204
205
206
207
208








209
210
211
212
213
214
215
.QW \fBe\fR
or
.QW \fBsel.l\fR .
In general, out-of-range indices are automatically rounded to the
nearest legal value.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR, \fBstyle\fR and \fBxview\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
entry widgets support the following additional commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBbbox \fIindex\fR
Returns a list of four numbers describing the bounding box of the
character given by \fIindex\fR.
The first two elements of the list give the x and y coordinates of
the upper-left corner of the screen area covered by the character
(in pixels relative to the widget) and the last two elements give
the width and height of the character, in pixels.
The bounding box may refer to a region outside the visible area
of the window.








.TP
\fIpathName \fBdelete \fIfirst \fR?\fIlast\fR?
Delete one or more elements of the entry.
\fIFirst\fR is the index of the first character to delete, and
\fIlast\fR is the index of the character just after the last
one to delete.
If \fIlast\fR is not specified it defaults to \fIfirst\fR+1,
................................................................................
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the entry's string.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBicursor \fIindex\fR
Arrange for the insert cursor to be displayed just before the character
given by \fIindex\fR.  Returns the empty string.




.TP
\fIpathName \fBindex\fI index\fR
Returns the numerical index corresponding to \fIindex\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinsert \fIindex string\fR
Insert \fIstring\fR just before the character
indicated by \fIindex\fR.  Returns the empty string.




.TP
\fIpathName \fBselection \fIoption arg\fR
This command is used to adjust the selection within an entry.  It
has several forms, depending on \fIoption\fR:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBselection clear\fR
................................................................................
\fIpathName \fBselection range \fIstart\fR \fIend\fR
Sets the selection to include the characters starting with
the one indexed by \fIstart\fR and ending with the one just
before \fIend\fR.
If \fIend\fR refers to the same character as \fIstart\fR or an
earlier one, then the entry's selection is cleared.
.RE




.TP
\fIpathName \fBvalidate\fR
Force revalidation, independent of the conditions specified
by the \fB\-validate\fR option.
Returns 0 if validation fails, 1 if it succeeds.
Sets or clears the \fBinvalid\fR state accordingly.
See \fBVALIDATION\fR below for more details.








.SH VALIDATION
.PP
The \fB\-validate\fR, \fB\-validatecommand\fR, and \fB\-invalidcommand\fR
options are used to enable entry widget validation.
.SS "VALIDATION MODES"
.PP
There are two main validation modes: \fIprevalidation\fR,

Changes to doc/ttk_frame.n.

31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39

40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
Defaults to \fBflat\fR.
.OP \-width width Width
If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels.
.OP \-height height Height
If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;

see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "NOTES"
.PP
Note that if the \fBpack\fR, \fBgrid\fR, or other geometry managers
are used to manage the children of the \fBframe\fR,
by the GM's requested size will normally take precedence
over the \fBframe\fR widget's \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options.
\fBpack propagate\fR and \fBgrid propagate\fR can be used






|
|
>
|







31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
Defaults to \fBflat\fR.
.OP \-width width Width
If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels.
.OP \-height height Height
If specified, the widget's requested height in pixels.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Frame widgets support the standard commands
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
(see \fBttk::widget\fR).
.SH "NOTES"
.PP
Note that if the \fBpack\fR, \fBgrid\fR, or other geometry managers
are used to manage the children of the \fBframe\fR,
by the GM's requested size will normally take precedence
over the \fBframe\fR widget's \fB\-width\fR and \fB\-height\fR options.
\fBpack propagate\fR and \fBgrid propagate\fR can be used

Changes to doc/ttk_label.n.

38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels).
If this option is less than or equal to zero,
then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;

see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::label\fP is \fBTLabel\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTLabel\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP






|
|
>
|







38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
Specifies the maximum line length (in pixels).
If this option is less than or equal to zero,
then automatic wrapping is not performed; otherwise
the text is split into lines such that no line is longer
than the specified value.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Label widgets support the standard commands
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
(see \fBttk::widget\fR).
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::label\fP is \fBTLabel\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.
.PP
\fBTLabel\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP

Changes to doc/ttk_labelframe.n.

58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
Mnemonic activation for a \fBttk::labelframe\fR
sets the keyboard focus to the first child of the \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget.
.OP \-width width Width
If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Supports the standard widget commands
\fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR;

see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::labelframe\fP is \fBTLabelframe\fP.
The text label
has a class of \fBTLabelframe.Label\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.






|
|
>
|







58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
The underlined character is used for mnemonic activation.
Mnemonic activation for a \fBttk::labelframe\fR
sets the keyboard focus to the first child of the \fBttk::labelframe\fR widget.
.OP \-width width Width
If specified, the widget's requested width in pixels.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Labelframe widgets support the standard commands
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
(see \fBttk::widget\fR).
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::labelframe\fP is \fBTLabelframe\fP.
The text label
has a class of \fBTLabelframe.Label\fP.
.PP
Dynamic states: \fBdisabled\fP, \fBreadonly\fP.

Changes to doc/ttk_menubutton.n.

34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
To be on the safe side, the menu ought to be a direct child of the
menubutton.
.\" not documented: may go away:
.\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
.\" .OP \-padding padding Pad
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Menubutton widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.

.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::menubutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::menubutton\fP is \fBTMenubutton\fP.






|
|
|
>







34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
To be on the safe side, the menu ought to be a direct child of the
menubutton.
.\" not documented: may go away:
.\" .OP \-anchor anchor Anchor
.\" .OP \-padding padding Pad
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Menubutton widgets support the standard commands
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
(see \fBttk::widget\fR).
.SH "STANDARD STYLES"
.PP
\fBTtk::menubutton\fR widgets support the \fBToolbutton\fR style in all
standard themes, which is useful for creating widgets for toolbars.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::menubutton\fP is \fBTMenubutton\fP.

Changes to doc/ttk_notebook.n.

98
99
100
101
102
103
104






105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
147
148
149
150
151
152
153
154
155
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
.IP \(bu
The literal string
.QW \fBend\fR ,
which returns the number of tabs
(only valid for
.QW "\fIpathname \fBindex\fR" ).
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"






.TP
\fIpathname \fBadd \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR?
Adds a new tab to the notebook.
See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available \fIoptions\fR.
If \fIwindow\fR is currently managed by the notebook but hidden,
it is restored to its previous position.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoptions\fR?
See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBcget \fIoption\fR
See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBforget \fItabid\fR
Removes the tab specified by \fItabid\fR,
unmaps and unmanages the associated window.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBhide \fItabid\fR
Hides the tab specified by \fItabid\fR.
The tab will not be displayed, but the associated window
................................................................................
Inserts a pane at the specified position.
\fIpos\fR is either the string \fBend\fR, an integer index,
or the name of a managed subwindow.
If \fIsubwindow\fR is already managed by the notebook,
moves it to the specified position.
See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBinstate \fIstatespec \fR?\fIscript...\fR?
See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBselect\fR ?\fItabid\fR?
Selects the specified tab.
The associated content window will be displayed,
and the previously-selected window (if different) is unmapped.
If \fItabid\fR is omitted, returns the widget name of the
currently selected pane.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBstate\fR ?\fIstatespec\fR?
See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBtab \fItabid\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue ...\fR
Query or modify the options of the specific tab.
If no \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns a dictionary of the tab option values.
If one \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns the value of that \fIoption\fR.
Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs.






>
>
>
>
>
>







<
<
<
<
<
<







 







<
<
<







<
<
<







98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117






118
119
120
121
122
123
124
...
147
148
149
150
151
152
153



154
155
156
157
158
159
160



161
162
163
164
165
166
167
.IP \(bu
The literal string
.QW \fBend\fR ,
which returns the number of tabs
(only valid for
.QW "\fIpathname \fBindex\fR" ).
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
notebook widgets support the following additional commands:
.TP
\fIpathname \fBadd \fIwindow\fR ?\fIoptions...\fR?
Adds a new tab to the notebook.
See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available \fIoptions\fR.
If \fIwindow\fR is currently managed by the notebook but hidden,
it is restored to its previous position.
.TP






\fIpathname \fBforget \fItabid\fR
Removes the tab specified by \fItabid\fR,
unmaps and unmanages the associated window.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBhide \fItabid\fR
Hides the tab specified by \fItabid\fR.
The tab will not be displayed, but the associated window
................................................................................
Inserts a pane at the specified position.
\fIpos\fR is either the string \fBend\fR, an integer index,
or the name of a managed subwindow.
If \fIsubwindow\fR is already managed by the notebook,
moves it to the specified position.
See \fBTAB OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options.
.TP



\fIpathname \fBselect\fR ?\fItabid\fR?
Selects the specified tab.
The associated content window will be displayed,
and the previously-selected window (if different) is unmapped.
If \fItabid\fR is omitted, returns the widget name of the
currently selected pane.
.TP



\fIpathname \fBtab \fItabid\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue ...\fR
Query or modify the options of the specific tab.
If no \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns a dictionary of the tab option values.
If one \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns the value of that \fIoption\fR.
Otherwise, sets the \fI\-option\fRs to the corresponding \fIvalue\fRs.

Changes to doc/ttk_panedwindow.n.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50


51
52


53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
...
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
121
122
123
.SH "PANE OPTIONS"
The following options may be specified for each pane:
.OP \-weight weight Weight
An integer specifying the relative stretchability of the pane.
When the paned window is resized, the extra space is added
or subtracted to each pane proportionally to its \fB\-weight\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"


Supports the standard \fBconfigure\fR, \fBcget\fR, \fBstate\fR,
and \fBinstate\fR commands; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details.


Additional commands:
.TP
\fIpathname \fBadd \fIsubwindow options...\fR
Adds a new pane to the window.
See \fBPANE OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBforget \fIpane\fR
Removes the specified subpane from the widget.
................................................................................
Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0
and the total size of the widget.
.\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width),
.\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width),
.\" depending on which changed most recently.
Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR.
.\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position.
.PP
The panedwindow widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBcget\fR	\fBconfigure\fR
\fBinstate\fR	\fBstate\fR
.DE
.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on
LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts
for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The
panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"






>
>
|
<
>
>
|







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<







44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
...
105
106
107
108
109
110
111








112
113
114
115
116
117
118
.SH "PANE OPTIONS"
The following options may be specified for each pane:
.OP \-weight weight Weight
An integer specifying the relative stretchability of the pane.
When the paned window is resized, the extra space is added
or subtracted to each pane proportionally to its \fB\-weight\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBinstate\fR,

\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
panedwindow widgets support the following additional commands:
.TP
\fIpathname \fBadd \fIsubwindow options...\fR
Adds a new pane to the window.
See \fBPANE OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBforget \fIpane\fR
Removes the specified subpane from the widget.
................................................................................
Sash positions are further constrained to be between 0
and the total size of the widget.
.\" Full story: "total size" is either the -height (resp -width),
.\" or the actual window height (resp actual window width),
.\" depending on which changed most recently.
Returns the new position of sash number \fIindex\fR.
.\" Full story: new position may be different than the requested position.








.SH "VIRTUAL EVENTS"
.PP
The panedwindow widget generates an \fB<<EnteredChild>>\fR virtual event on
LeaveNotify/NotifyInferior events, because Tk does not execute binding scripts
for <Leave> events when the pointer crosses from a parent to a child. The
panedwindow widget needs to know when that happens.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"

Changes to doc/ttk_progressbar.n.

62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69

70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81

82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR.
If specified to an existing variable, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is
automatically set to the value of the variable whenever
the latter is modified.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
.TP

\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR
Returns the name of the element at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR.
See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
Test the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.

.TP
\fIpathName \fBstart\fR ?\fIinterval\fR?
Begin autoincrement mode:
schedules a recurring timer event that calls \fBstep\fR
every \fIinterval\fR milliseconds.
If omitted, \fIinterval\fR defaults to 50 milliseconds (20 steps/second).
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstep\fR ?\fIamount\fR?
Increments the \fB\-value\fR by \fIamount\fR.
\fIamount\fR defaults to 1.0 if omitted.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstop\fR
Stop autoincrement mode:
cancels any recurring timer event initiated by \fIpathName \fBstart\fR.






<
>
|
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
|
<
<
<
>







<
<
<







62
63
64
65
66
67
68

69
70
71






72



73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80



81
82
83
84
85
86
87
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global Tcl variable which is linked to the \fB\-value\fR.
If specified to an existing variable, the \fB\-value\fR of the progress bar is
automatically set to the value of the variable whenever
the latter is modified.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP

In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR






commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),



progressbar widgets support the following additional commands:
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstart\fR ?\fIinterval\fR?
Begin autoincrement mode:
schedules a recurring timer event that calls \fBstep\fR
every \fIinterval\fR milliseconds.
If omitted, \fIinterval\fR defaults to 50 milliseconds (20 steps/second).
.TP



\fIpathName \fBstep\fR ?\fIamount\fR?
Increments the \fB\-value\fR by \fIamount\fR.
\fIamount\fR defaults to 1.0 if omitted.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstop\fR
Stop autoincrement mode:
cancels any recurring timer event initiated by \fIpathName \fBstart\fR.

Changes to doc/ttk_radiobutton.n.

33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40


41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
when the widget is selected.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget.
Default value is \fB::selectedButton\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR


commands, radiobuttons support the following additional
widget commands:
.TP
\fIpathname\fB invoke\fR
Sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-value\fR, selects the widget,
and evaluates the associated \fB\-command\fR.
Returns the result of the \fB\-command\fR, or the empty
string if no \fB\-command\fR is specified.
.\" Missing: select, deselect.  Useful?






|
>
>
|
<







33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
when the widget is selected.
.OP \-variable variable Variable
The name of a global variable whose value is linked to the widget.
Default value is \fB::selectedButton\fR.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
radiobutton widgets support the following additional commands:

.TP
\fIpathname\fB invoke\fR
Sets the \fB\-variable\fR to the \fB\-value\fR, selects the widget,
and evaluates the associated \fB\-command\fR.
Returns the result of the \fB\-command\fR, or the empty
string if no \fB\-command\fR is specified.
.\" Missing: select, deselect.  Useful?

Changes to doc/ttk_scale.n.

47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57

58

59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale. Whenever the
value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this value.
Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable will be modified
to reflect the scale's new value.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
.TP

\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
.
Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see

\fIttk::widget(n)\fR.

.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure \fR?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
.
Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget \fR?\fIx y\fR?
.
Get the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option, or the value corresponding
to the coordinates \fIx,y\fR if they are specified. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR are
pixel coordinates relative to the scale widget origin.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR
Returns the name of the element at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR.
See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
.
Test the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR
.
Set the value of the widget (i.e. the \fB\-value\fR option) to \fIvalue\fR.
The value will be clipped to the range given by the \fB\-from\fR and
\fB\-to\fR options. Note that setting the linked variable (i.e. the variable
named in the \fB\-variable\fR option) does not cause such clipping.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
.
Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS"
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR?
.
Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates
corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR
is omitted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTScale\fP.
.PP






<
>
|
<
<
>
|
>

<
<
<
<

<




<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

<




<
<
<
<




<







47
48
49
50
51
52
53

54
55


56
57
58
59




60

61
62
63
64








65

66
67
68
69




70
71
72
73

74
75
76
77
78
79
80
.OP \-variable variable Variable
Specifies the name of a global variable to link to the scale. Whenever the
value of the variable changes, the scale will update to reflect this value.
Whenever the scale is manipulated interactively, the variable will be modified
to reflect the scale's new value.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP

In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,


\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
scale widgets support the following additional commands:
.TP




\fIpathName \fBget \fR?\fIx y\fR?

Get the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option, or the value corresponding
to the coordinates \fIx,y\fR if they are specified. \fIX\fR and \fIy\fR are
pixel coordinates relative to the scale widget origin.
.TP








\fIpathName \fBset \fIvalue\fR

Set the value of the widget (i.e. the \fB\-value\fR option) to \fIvalue\fR.
The value will be clipped to the range given by the \fB\-from\fR and
\fB\-to\fR options. Note that setting the linked variable (i.e. the variable
named in the \fB\-variable\fR option) does not cause such clipping.




.SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS"
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcoords \fR?\fIvalue\fR?

Get the coordinates corresponding to \fIvalue\fR, or the coordinates
corresponding to the current value of the \fB\-value\fR option if \fIvalue\fR
is omitted.
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::scale\fP is \fBTScale\fP.
.PP

Changes to doc/ttk_scrollbar.n.

43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
or \fByview\fR (for vertical scrollbars).
.RE
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the scrollbar.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the scrollbar settings in the form of a list whose
elements are the arguments to the most recent \fBset\fR widget command.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify \fIx y\fR
Returns the name of the element at position \fIx\fR, \fIy\fR.
See \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
Test the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBset \fIfirst last\fR
This command is normally invoked by the scrollbar's associated widget
from an \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR or \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR callback.
Specifies the visible range to be displayed.
\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are real fractions between 0 and 1.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS"
.PP
The following widget commands are used internally
by the \fBTScrollbar\fP widget class bindings.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR
Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in






|
|
|
|
|
<





<
<
<
<
<
<
<





<
<
<







43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54

55
56
57
58
59







60
61
62
63
64



65
66
67
68
69
70
71
or \fByview\fR (for vertical scrollbars).
.RE
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the scrollbar.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
scrollbar widgets support the following additional commands:

.TP
\fIpathName \fBget\fR
Returns the scrollbar settings in the form of a list whose
elements are the arguments to the most recent \fBset\fR widget command.
.TP







\fIpathName \fBset \fIfirst last\fR
This command is normally invoked by the scrollbar's associated widget
from an \fB\-xscrollcommand\fR or \fB\-yscrollcommand\fR callback.
Specifies the visible range to be displayed.
\fIfirst\fR and \fIlast\fR are real fractions between 0 and 1.



.SH "INTERNAL COMMANDS"
.PP
The following widget commands are used internally
by the \fBTScrollbar\fP widget class bindings.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBdelta \fIdeltaX deltaY\fR
Returns a real number indicating the fractional change in

Changes to doc/ttk_separator.n.

22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31

32
33
34
35
36
37
38
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the separator.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Separator widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.

.PP
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::separator\fP is \fBTSeparator\fP.
.PP
\fBTSeparator\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:






|
|
|
>







22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
.SE
.SH "WIDGET-SPECIFIC OPTIONS"
.OP \-orient orient Orient
One of \fBhorizontal\fR or \fBvertical\fR.
Specifies the orientation of the separator.
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Separator widgets support the standard commands
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
(see \fBttk::widget\fR).
.PP
.SH "STYLING OPTIONS"
.PP
The class name for a \fBttk::separator\fP is \fBTSeparator\fP.
.PP
\fBTSeparator\fP styling options configurable with \fBttk::style\fP
are:

Changes to doc/ttk_sizegrip.n.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
by pressing and dragging the grip.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Sizegrip widgets support the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify\fR, \fBinstate\fR, and \fBstate\fR
methods.  No other widget methods are used.

.SH "PLATFORM-SPECIFIC NOTES"
.PP
On Mac OSX, toplevel windows automatically include a built-in
size grip by default.
Adding a \fBttk::sizegrip\fR there is harmless, since
the built-in grip will just mask the widget.
.SH EXAMPLES






|
|
|
>







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
by pressing and dragging the grip.
.SO ttk_widget
\-class	\-cursor
\-style	\-takefocus
.SE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
Sizegrip widgets support the standard commands
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBidentify element\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR and \fBstyle\fR
(see \fBttk::widget\fR).
.SH "PLATFORM-SPECIFIC NOTES"
.PP
On Mac OSX, toplevel windows automatically include a built-in
size grip by default.
Adding a \fBttk::sizegrip\fR there is harmless, since
the built-in grip will just mask the widget.
.SH EXAMPLES

Changes to doc/ttk_style.n.

23
24
25
26
27
28
29



30
31
32
33
34
35





36
37
38
39
40
41
42
..
64
65
66
67
68
69
70

71
72
73
74
75
76





77
78
79
80
81
82
83
..
89
90
91
92
93
94
95




96
97
98
99
100
101
102
and how they are arranged, along with dynamic and default
settings for element options.
By default, the style name is the same as the widget's class;
this may be overridden by the \fB\-style\fR option.
.PP
A \fItheme\fR is a collection of elements and styles
which controls the overall look and feel of an application.



.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBttk::style\fR command takes the following arguments:
.TP
\fBttk::style configure \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fR ?\fIvalue option value...\fR? ?
Sets the default value of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR.





.TP
\fBttk::style element\fR \fIargs\fR
.RS
.TP
\fBttk::style element create\fR \fIelementName\fR \fItype\fR ?\fIargs...\fR?
Creates a new element in the current theme of type \fItype\fR.
The only cross-platform built-in element type is \fIimage\fR
................................................................................
\fIstate\fR is a list of state names; if omitted,
it defaults to all bits off (the
.QW normal
state).
If the \fIdefault\fR argument is present, it is used as a fallback
value in case no specification for \fI\-option\fR is found.
.\" Otherwise -- signal error? return empty string? Leave unspecified for now.

.TP
\fBttk::style map \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fB { \fIstatespec value...\fB }\fR?
Sets dynamic values of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR.
Each \fIstatespec / value\fR pair is examined in order;
the value corresponding to the first matching \fIstatespec\fR
is used.





.TP
\fBttk::style theme\fR \fIargs\fR
.RS
.TP
\fBttk::style theme create\fR \fIthemeName\fR ?\fB\-parent \fIbasedon\fR? ?\fB\-settings \fIscript...\fR ?
Creates a new theme.  It is an error if \fIthemeName\fR already exists.
If \fB\-parent\fR is specified, the new theme will inherit
................................................................................
Returns a list of all known themes.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme settings \fIthemeName\fR \fIscript\fR
Temporarily sets the current theme to \fIthemeName\fR,
evaluate \fIscript\fR, then restore the previous theme.
Typically \fIscript\fR simply defines styles and elements,
though arbitrary Tcl code may appear.




.TP
\fBttk::style theme use\fR ?\fIthemeName\fR?
Without an argument the result is the name of the current theme.
Otherwise this command sets the current theme to \fIthemeName\fR,
and refreshes all widgets.
.RE
.SH LAYOUTS






>
>
>






>
>
>
>
>







 







>


|



>
>
>
>
>







 







>
>
>
>







23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
..
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
...
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118
119
120
and how they are arranged, along with dynamic and default
settings for element options.
By default, the style name is the same as the widget's class;
this may be overridden by the \fB\-style\fR option.
.PP
A \fItheme\fR is a collection of elements and styles
which controls the overall look and feel of an application.
The
.QW .
style is the theme root style on which derived styles are based.
.SH DESCRIPTION
.PP
The \fBttk::style\fR command takes the following arguments:
.TP
\fBttk::style configure \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fR ?\fIvalue option value...\fR? ?
Sets the default value of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR.
If \fIstyle\fR does not exist, it is created.
If only \fIstyle\fR and \fI-option\fR are specified, get the default value
for option \fI-option\fR of style \fIstyle\fR.
If only \fIstyle\fR is specified, get the default value for all options
of style \fIstyle\fR.
.TP
\fBttk::style element\fR \fIargs\fR
.RS
.TP
\fBttk::style element create\fR \fIelementName\fR \fItype\fR ?\fIargs...\fR?
Creates a new element in the current theme of type \fItype\fR.
The only cross-platform built-in element type is \fIimage\fR
................................................................................
\fIstate\fR is a list of state names; if omitted,
it defaults to all bits off (the
.QW normal
state).
If the \fIdefault\fR argument is present, it is used as a fallback
value in case no specification for \fI\-option\fR is found.
.\" Otherwise -- signal error? return empty string? Leave unspecified for now.
If \fIstyle\fR does not exist, it is created.
.TP
\fBttk::style map \fIstyle\fR ?\fI\-option\fB { \fIstatespec value...\fB }\fR?
Sets dynamic (state dependent) values of the specified option(s) in \fIstyle\fR.
Each \fIstatespec / value\fR pair is examined in order;
the value corresponding to the first matching \fIstatespec\fR
is used.
If \fIstyle\fR does not exist, it is created.
If only \fIstyle\fR and \fI-option\fR are specified, get the dynamic values
for option \fI-option\fR of style \fIstyle\fR.
If only \fIstyle\fR is specified, get the dynamic values for all options
of style \fIstyle\fR.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme\fR \fIargs\fR
.RS
.TP
\fBttk::style theme create\fR \fIthemeName\fR ?\fB\-parent \fIbasedon\fR? ?\fB\-settings \fIscript...\fR ?
Creates a new theme.  It is an error if \fIthemeName\fR already exists.
If \fB\-parent\fR is specified, the new theme will inherit
................................................................................
Returns a list of all known themes.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme settings \fIthemeName\fR \fIscript\fR
Temporarily sets the current theme to \fIthemeName\fR,
evaluate \fIscript\fR, then restore the previous theme.
Typically \fIscript\fR simply defines styles and elements,
though arbitrary Tcl code may appear.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme styles\fR ?\fIthemeName\fR?
Returns a list of all styles in \fIthemeName\fR. If \fIthemeName\fR
is omitted, the current theme is used.
.TP
\fBttk::style theme use\fR ?\fIthemeName\fR?
Without an argument the result is the name of the current theme.
Otherwise this command sets the current theme to \fIthemeName\fR,
and refreshes all widgets.
.RE
.SH LAYOUTS

Changes to doc/ttk_treeview.n.

88
89
90
91
92
93
94





95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
...
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
...
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
281
282
283
284
...
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
...
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
408
409
410
411
412
413
414
The default is \fBtree headings\fR, i.e., show all elements.
.PP
\fBNOTE:\fR Column #0 always refers to the tree column,
even if \fB\-show tree\fR is not specified.
.RE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP





.TP
\fIpathname \fBbbox \fIitem\fR ?\fIcolumn\fR?
Returns the bounding box (relative to the treeview widget's window)
of the specified \fIitem\fR
in the form \fIx y width height\fR.
If \fIcolumn\fR is specified, returns the bounding box of that cell.
If the \fIitem\fR is not visible
(i.e., if it is a descendant of a closed item or is scrolled offscreen),
returns the empty list.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBcget \fIoption\fR
Returns the current value of the specified \fIoption\fR; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBchildren \fIitem\fR ?\fInewchildren\fR?
If \fInewchildren\fR is not specified,
returns the list of children belonging to \fIitem\fR.
.RS
.PP
If \fInewchildren\fR is specified, replaces \fIitem\fR's child list
with \fInewchildren\fR.
................................................................................
column width may be changed by Tk in order to honor \fB\-stretch\fR
and/or \fB\-minwidth\fR, or when the widget is resized or the user drags a
column separator.
.PP
Use \fIpathname column #0\fR to configure the tree column.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathname \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
Modify or query widget options; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBdelete \fIitemList\fR
Deletes each of the items in \fIitemList\fR and all of their descendants.
The root item may not be deleted.
See also: \fBdetach\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBdetach \fIitemList\fR
Unlinks all of the specified items in \fIitemList\fR from the tree.
................................................................................
.RS
.PP
\fIpathname \fBinsert\fR returns the item identifier of the
newly created item.
See \fBITEM OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathname \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
Test the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBitem \fIitem\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue \-option value...\fR?
Query or modify the options for the specified \fIitem\fR.
If no \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns a dictionary of option/value pairs.
If a single \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns the value of that option.
Otherwise, the item's options are updated with the specified values.
................................................................................
With one argument, returns a dictionary of column/value pairs
for the specified \fIitem\fR.
With two arguments, returns the current value of the specified \fIcolumn\fR.
With three arguments, sets the value of column \fIcolumn\fR
in item \fIitem\fR to the specified \fIvalue\fR.
See also \fBCOLUMN IDENTIFIERS\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
Modify or query the widget state; see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag \fIargs...\fR
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag add \fItag items\fR
Adds the specified \fItag\fR to each of the listed \fIitems\fR.
If \fItag\fR is already present for a particular item,
then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged.
................................................................................
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag remove \fItag\fR ?\fIitems\fR?
Removes the specified \fItag\fR from each of the listed \fIitems\fR.
If \fIitems\fR is omitted, removes \fItag\fR from each item in the tree.
If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item,
then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged.
.RE
.PP
The treeview widget also supports the following generic \fBttk::widget\fR
widget subcommands (see \fIttk::widget(n)\fR for details):
.DS
.ta 5.5c 11c
\fBxview\fR	\fByview\fR
.DE
.SH "ITEM OPTIONS"
.PP
The following item options may be specified for items
in the \fBinsert\fR and \fBitem\fR widget commands.
.OP \-text text Text
The textual label to display for the item.
.OP \-image image Image






>
>
>
>
>










<
<
<







 







<
<
<







 







<
<
<







 







<
<
<







 







<
<
<
<
<
<
<







88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109



110
111
112
113
114
115
116
...
158
159
160
161
162
163
164



165
166
167
168
169
170
171
...
267
268
269
270
271
272
273



274
275
276
277
278
279
280
...
330
331
332
333
334
335
336



337
338
339
340
341
342
343
...
387
388
389
390
391
392
393







394
395
396
397
398
399
400
The default is \fBtree headings\fR, i.e., show all elements.
.PP
\fBNOTE:\fR Column #0 always refers to the tree column,
even if \fB\-show tree\fR is not specified.
.RE
.SH "WIDGET COMMAND"
.PP
In addition to the standard
\fBcget\fR, \fBconfigure\fR, \fBinstate\fR,
\fBstate\fR, \fBstyle\fR, \fBxview\fR and \fByview\fR
commands (see \fBttk::widget\fR),
treeview widgets support the following additional commands:
.TP
\fIpathname \fBbbox \fIitem\fR ?\fIcolumn\fR?
Returns the bounding box (relative to the treeview widget's window)
of the specified \fIitem\fR
in the form \fIx y width height\fR.
If \fIcolumn\fR is specified, returns the bounding box of that cell.
If the \fIitem\fR is not visible
(i.e., if it is a descendant of a closed item or is scrolled offscreen),
returns the empty list.
.TP



\fIpathname \fBchildren \fIitem\fR ?\fInewchildren\fR?
If \fInewchildren\fR is not specified,
returns the list of children belonging to \fIitem\fR.
.RS
.PP
If \fInewchildren\fR is specified, replaces \fIitem\fR's child list
with \fInewchildren\fR.
................................................................................
column width may be changed by Tk in order to honor \fB\-stretch\fR
and/or \fB\-minwidth\fR, or when the widget is resized or the user drags a
column separator.
.PP
Use \fIpathname column #0\fR to configure the tree column.
.RE
.TP



\fIpathname \fBdelete \fIitemList\fR
Deletes each of the items in \fIitemList\fR and all of their descendants.
The root item may not be deleted.
See also: \fBdetach\fR.
.TP
\fIpathname \fBdetach \fIitemList\fR
Unlinks all of the specified items in \fIitemList\fR from the tree.
................................................................................
.RS
.PP
\fIpathname \fBinsert\fR returns the item identifier of the
newly created item.
See \fBITEM OPTIONS\fR for the list of available options.
.RE
.TP



\fIpathname \fBitem \fIitem\fR ?\fI\-option \fR?\fIvalue \-option value...\fR?
Query or modify the options for the specified \fIitem\fR.
If no \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns a dictionary of option/value pairs.
If a single \fI\-option\fR is specified,
returns the value of that option.
Otherwise, the item's options are updated with the specified values.
................................................................................
With one argument, returns a dictionary of column/value pairs
for the specified \fIitem\fR.
With two arguments, returns the current value of the specified \fIcolumn\fR.
With three arguments, sets the value of column \fIcolumn\fR
in item \fIitem\fR to the specified \fIvalue\fR.
See also \fBCOLUMN IDENTIFIERS\fR.
.TP



\fIpathName \fBtag \fIargs...\fR
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag add \fItag items\fR
Adds the specified \fItag\fR to each of the listed \fIitems\fR.
If \fItag\fR is already present for a particular item,
then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged.
................................................................................
.TP
\fIpathName \fBtag remove \fItag\fR ?\fIitems\fR?
Removes the specified \fItag\fR from each of the listed \fIitems\fR.
If \fIitems\fR is omitted, removes \fItag\fR from each item in the tree.
If \fItag\fR is not present for a particular item,
then the \fB\-tags\fR for that item are unchanged.
.RE







.SH "ITEM OPTIONS"
.PP
The following item options may be specified for items
in the \fBinsert\fR and \fBitem\fR widget commands.
.OP \-text text Text
The textual label to display for the item.
.OP \-image image Image

Changes to doc/ttk_widget.n.

170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
...
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203

204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
...
225
226
227
228
229
230
231



232
233
234
235
236
237
238
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.
.SH COMMANDS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR
.
Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?
.
Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified,
then the command modifies the given widget option(s)
to have the given value(s);
in this case the command returns an empty string.
If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR,
then the command returns a list describing the named option:
................................................................................
option name, database name, database class, default value,
and current value.
.\" Note: Ttk widgets don't use TK_OPTION_SYNONYM.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify element \fIx y\fR
.
Returns the name of the element under the point given
by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or an empty string if the point does
not lie within any element.
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are pixel coordinates relative to the widget.
Some widgets accept other \fBidentify\fR subcommands.

.TP
\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?
.
Test the widget's state.
If \fIscript\fR is not specified, returns 1 if
the widget state matches \fIstatespec\fR and 0 otherwise.
If \fIscript\fR is specified, equivalent to
.CS
if {[\fIpathName\fR instate \fIstateSpec\fR]} \fIscript\fR
.CE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?
.
Modify or inquire widget state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is present, sets the widget state:
for each flag in \fIstateSpec\fR, sets the corresponding flag
or clears it if prefixed by an exclamation point.
.RS
Returns a new state spec indicating which flags were changed:
.CS
................................................................................
\fIpathName \fRstate $changes
.CE
will restore \fIpathName\fR to the original state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is not specified,
returns a list of the currently-enabled state flags.
.RE
.TP



\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
content in the widget's window.  It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR






<




<







 







<




|
>


<









<







 







>
>
>







170
171
172
173
174
175
176

177
178
179
180

181
182
183
184
185
186
187
...
189
190
191
192
193
194
195

196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203

204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212

213
214
215
216
217
218
219
...
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
This is a write-only option:
setting it changes the widget state,
but the \fBstate\fR widget command
does not affect the \fB\-state\fR option.
.SH COMMANDS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBcget \fIoption\fR

Returns the current value of the configuration option given
by \fIoption\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBconfigure\fR ?\fIoption\fR? ?\fIvalue option value ...\fR?

Query or modify the configuration options of the widget.
If one or more \fIoption\-value\fR pairs are specified,
then the command modifies the given widget option(s)
to have the given value(s);
in this case the command returns an empty string.
If \fIoption\fR is specified with no \fIvalue\fR,
then the command returns a list describing the named option:
................................................................................
option name, database name, database class, default value,
and current value.
.\" Note: Ttk widgets don't use TK_OPTION_SYNONYM.
If no \fIoption\fR is specified, returns a list describing all of
the available options for \fIpathName\fR.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBidentify element \fIx y\fR

Returns the name of the element under the point given
by \fIx\fR and \fIy\fR, or an empty string if the point does
not lie within any element.
\fIx\fR and \fIy\fR are pixel coordinates relative to the widget.
Some widgets accept other \fBidentify\fR subcommands described
in these widgets documentation.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBinstate \fIstatespec\fR ?\fIscript\fR?

Test the widget's state.
If \fIscript\fR is not specified, returns 1 if
the widget state matches \fIstatespec\fR and 0 otherwise.
If \fIscript\fR is specified, equivalent to
.CS
if {[\fIpathName\fR instate \fIstateSpec\fR]} \fIscript\fR
.CE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstate\fR ?\fIstateSpec\fR?

Modify or inquire widget state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is present, sets the widget state:
for each flag in \fIstateSpec\fR, sets the corresponding flag
or clears it if prefixed by an exclamation point.
.RS
Returns a new state spec indicating which flags were changed:
.CS
................................................................................
\fIpathName \fRstate $changes
.CE
will restore \fIpathName\fR to the original state.
If \fIstateSpec\fR is not specified,
returns a list of the currently-enabled state flags.
.RE
.TP
\fIpathName \fBstyle\fR
Return the style used by the widget.
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview \fIargs\fR
This command is used to query and change the horizontal position of the
content in the widget's window.  It can take any of the following
forms:
.RS
.TP
\fIpathName \fBxview\fR

Changes to generic/nanosvg.h.

29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37

38
39

40
41

42
43
44

45
46
47

48
49
50

51

52
53
54
55
56
57
58
..
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
...
156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
...
255
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
...
285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
...
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
...
611
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
...
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
...
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
...
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
...
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
....
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
....
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
....
1071
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
....
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
....
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
....
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
....
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
....
1539
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
....
1719
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
....
1737
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
....
1785
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
....
1818
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
....
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
....
1935
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
....
2116
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
....
2149
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
....
2181
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
....
2340
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
....
2396
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
....
2476
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
....
2633
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
....
2745
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
....
2777
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
....
2792
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
....
2945
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
....
2967
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
....
2995
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
....
3064
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
....
3091
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
#ifndef NANOSVG_H
#define NANOSVG_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

// NanoSVG is a simple stupid single-header-file SVG parse. The output of the parser is a list of cubic bezier shapes.
//

// The library suits well for anything from rendering scalable icons in your editor application to prototyping a game.
//

// NanoSVG supports a wide range of SVG features, but something may be missing, feel free to create a pull request!
//

// The shapes in the SVG images are transformed by the viewBox and converted to specified units.
// That is, you should get the same looking data as your designed in your favorite app.
//

// NanoSVG can return the paths in few different units. For example if you want to render an image, you may choose
// to get the paths in pixels, or if you are feeding the data into a CNC-cutter, you may want to use millimeters.
//

// The units passed to NanoSVG should be one of: 'px', 'pt', 'pc' 'mm', 'cm', or 'in'.
// DPI (dots-per-inch) controls how the unit conversion is done.
//

// If you don't know or care about the units stuff, "px" and 96 should get you going.



/* Example Usage:
	// Load SVG
	NSVGimage* image;
	image = nsvgParseFromFile("test.svg", "px", 96);
	printf("size: %f x %f\n", image->width, image->height);
................................................................................
#define NANOSVG_realloc realloc
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_free
#define NANOSVG_free free
#endif

// float emulation for MS VC6++ compiler
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
#define tanf(a) (float)tan(a)
#define cosf(a) (float)cos(a)
#define sinf(a) (float)sin(a)
#define sqrtf(a) (float)sqrt(a)
#define fabsf(a) (float)fabs(a)
#define acosf(a) (float)acos(a)
#define atan2f(a,b) (float)atan2(a,b)
#define ceilf(a) (float)ceil(a)
#define fmodf(a,b) (float)fmod(a,b)
#define floorf(a) (float)floor(a)
#endif
// float emulation for MS VC8++ compiler
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1400)
#define fabsf(a) (float)fabs(a)
#endif

enum NSVGpaintType {
	NSVG_PAINT_NONE = 0,
	NSVG_PAINT_COLOR = 1,
................................................................................
		unsigned int color;
		NSVGgradient* gradient;
	};
} NSVGpaint;

typedef struct NSVGpath
{
	float* pts;					// Cubic bezier points: x0,y0, [cpx1,cpx1,cpx2,cpy2,x1,y1], ...
	int npts;					// Total number of bezier points.
	char closed;				// Flag indicating if shapes should be treated as closed.
	float bounds[4];			// Tight bounding box of the shape [minx,miny,maxx,maxy].
	struct NSVGpath* next;		// Pointer to next path, or NULL if last element.
} NSVGpath;

typedef struct NSVGshape
{
	char id[64];				// Optional 'id' attr of the shape or its group
	NSVGpaint fill;				// Fill paint
	NSVGpaint stroke;			// Stroke paint
	float opacity;				// Opacity of the shape.
	float strokeWidth;			// Stroke width (scaled).
	float strokeDashOffset;		// Stroke dash offset (scaled).
	float strokeDashArray[8];			// Stroke dash array (scaled).
	char strokeDashCount;				// Number of dash values in dash array.
	char strokeLineJoin;		// Stroke join type.
	char strokeLineCap;			// Stroke cap type.
	float miterLimit;			// Miter limit
	char fillRule;				// Fill rule, see NSVGfillRule.
	unsigned char flags;		// Logical or of NSVG_FLAGS_* flags
	float bounds[4];			// Tight bounding box of the shape [minx,miny,maxx,maxy].
	NSVGpath* paths;			// Linked list of paths in the image.
	struct NSVGshape* next;		// Pointer to next shape, or NULL if last element.
} NSVGshape;

typedef struct NSVGimage
{
	float width;				// Width of the image.
	float height;				// Height of the image.
	NSVGshape* shapes;			// Linked list of shapes in the image.
} NSVGimage;

// Parses SVG file from a file, returns SVG image as paths.
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGimage* nsvgParseFromFile(const char* filename, const char* units, float dpi);

// Parses SVG file from a null terminated string, returns SVG image as paths.
// Important note: changes the string.
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGimage* nsvgParse(char* input, const char* units, float dpi);

// Deletes list of paths.
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgDelete(NSVGimage* image);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif // NANOSVG_H

#ifdef NANOSVG_IMPLEMENTATION

#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <math.h>

#define NSVG_PI (3.14159265358979323846264338327f)
#define NSVG_KAPPA90 (0.5522847493f)	// Length proportional to radius of a cubic bezier handle for 90deg arcs.

#define NSVG_ALIGN_MIN 0
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MID 1
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MAX 2
#define NSVG_ALIGN_NONE 0
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MEET 1
#define NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE 2

#define NSVG_NOTUSED(v) do { (void)(1 ? (void)0 : ( (void)(v) ) ); } while(0)
#define NSVG_RGB(r, g, b) (((unsigned int)r) | ((unsigned int)g << 8) | ((unsigned int)b << 16))

#ifdef _MSC_VER
	#pragma warning (disable: 4996) // Switch off security warnings
	#pragma warning (disable: 4100) // Switch off unreferenced formal parameter warnings
	#ifdef __cplusplus
	#define NSVG_INLINE inline
	#else
	#define NSVG_INLINE
	#endif
	#if !defined(strtoll)           // old MSVC versions do not have strtoll()
		#define strtoll _strtoi64
	#endif
#else
	#define NSVG_INLINE inline
#endif


................................................................................
	return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
}

static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__minf(float a, float b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__maxf(float a, float b) { return a > b ? a : b; }


// Simple XML parser

#define NSVG_XML_TAG 1
#define NSVG_XML_CONTENT 2
#define NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS 256

static void nsvg__parseContent(char* s,
							   void (*contentCb)(void* ud, const char* s),
							   void* ud)
{
	// Trim start white spaces
	while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
	if (!*s) return;

	if (contentCb)
		(*contentCb)(ud, s);
}

................................................................................
	const char* attr[NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS];
	int nattr = 0;
	char* cbname;
	int start = 0;
	int end = 0;
	char quote;

	// Skip white space after the '<'
	while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;

	// Check if the tag is end tag
	if (*s == '/') {
		s++;
		end = 1;
	} else {
		start = 1;
	}

	// Skip comments, data and preprocessor stuff.
	if (!*s || *s == '?' || *s == '!')
		return;

	// Get tag name
	cbname = s;
	while (*s && !nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
	if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }

	// Get attribs
	while (!end && *s && nattr < NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS-3) {
		char* name = NULL;
		char* value = NULL;

		// Skip white space before the attrib name
		while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
		if (!*s) break;
		if (*s == '/') {
			end = 1;
			break;
		}
		name = s;
		// Find end of the attrib name.
		while (*s && !nsvg__isspace(*s) && *s != '=') s++;
		if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }
		// Skip until the beginning of the value.
		while (*s && *s != '\"' && *s != '\'') s++;
		if (!*s) break;
		quote = *s;
		s++;
		// Store value and find the end of it.
		value = s;
		while (*s && *s != quote) s++;
		if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }

		// Store only well formed attributes
		if (name && value) {
			attr[nattr++] = name;
			attr[nattr++] = value;
		}
	}

	// List terminator
	attr[nattr++] = 0;
	attr[nattr++] = 0;

	// Call callbacks.
	if (start && startelCb)
		(*startelCb)(ud, cbname, attr);
	if (end && endelCb)
		(*endelCb)(ud, cbname);
}

NANOSVG_SCOPE
................................................................................
				   void* ud)
{
	char* s = input;
	char* mark = s;
	int state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
	while (*s) {
		if (*s == '<' && state == NSVG_XML_CONTENT) {
			// Start of a tag
			*s++ = '\0';
			nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
			mark = s;
			state = NSVG_XML_TAG;
		} else if (*s == '>' && state == NSVG_XML_TAG) {
			// Start of a content or new tag.
			*s++ = '\0';
			nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
			nsvg__parseElement(mark, startelCb, endelCb, ud);
			mark = s;
			state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
		} else {
			s++;
................................................................................
	int i, j, count;
	double roots[2], a, b, c, b2ac, t, v;
	float* v0 = &curve[0];
	float* v1 = &curve[2];
	float* v2 = &curve[4];
	float* v3 = &curve[6];

	// Start the bounding box by end points
	bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(v0[0], v3[0]);
	bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(v0[1], v3[1]);
	bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(v0[0], v3[0]);
	bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(v0[1], v3[1]);

	// Bezier curve fits inside the convex hull of it's control points.
	// If control points are inside the bounds, we're done.
	if (nsvg__ptInBounds(v1, bounds) && nsvg__ptInBounds(v2, bounds))
		return;

	// Add bezier curve inflection points in X and Y.
	for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
		a = -3.0 * v0[i] + 9.0 * v1[i] - 9.0 * v2[i] + 3.0 * v3[i];
		b = 6.0 * v0[i] - 12.0 * v1[i] + 6.0 * v2[i];
		c = 3.0 * v1[i] - 3.0 * v0[i];
		count = 0;
		if (fabs(a) < NSVG_EPSILON) {
			if (fabs(b) > NSVG_EPSILON) {
................................................................................
	if (p == NULL) goto error;
	memset(p, 0, sizeof(NSVGparser));

	p->image = (NSVGimage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGimage));
	if (p->image == NULL) goto error;
	memset(p->image, 0, sizeof(NSVGimage));

	// Init style
	nsvg__xformIdentity(p->attr[0].xform);
	memset(p->attr[0].id, 0, sizeof p->attr[0].id);
	p->attr[0].fillColor = NSVG_RGB(0,0,0);
	p->attr[0].strokeColor = NSVG_RGB(0,0,0);
	p->attr[0].opacity = 1;
	p->attr[0].fillOpacity = 1;
	p->attr[0].strokeOpacity = 1;
................................................................................
		case NSVG_UNITS_PX:			return c.value;
		case NSVG_UNITS_PT:			return c.value / 72.0f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_PC:			return c.value / 6.0f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_MM:			return c.value / 25.4f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_CM:			return c.value / 2.54f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_IN:			return c.value * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_EM:			return c.value * attr->fontSize;
		case NSVG_UNITS_EX:			return c.value * attr->fontSize * 0.52f; // x-height of Helvetica.
		case NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT:	return orig + c.value / 100.0f * length;
		default:					return c.value;
	}
	return c.value;
}

static NSVGgradientData* nsvg__findGradientData(NSVGparser* p, const char* id)
................................................................................
	float ox, oy, sw, sh, sl;
	int nstops = 0;
	int refIter;

	data = nsvg__findGradientData(p, id);
	if (data == NULL) return NULL;

	// TODO: use ref to fill in all unset values too.
	ref = data;
	refIter = 0;
	while (ref != NULL) {
		NSVGgradientData* nextRef = NULL;
		if (stops == NULL && ref->stops != NULL) {
			stops = ref->stops;
			nstops = ref->nstops;
			break;
		}
		nextRef = nsvg__findGradientData(p, ref->ref);
		if (nextRef == ref) break; // prevent infite loops on malformed data
		ref = nextRef;
		refIter++;
		if (refIter > 32) break; // prevent infite loops on malformed data
	}
	if (stops == NULL) return NULL;

	grad = (NSVGgradient*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGgradient) + sizeof(NSVGgradientStop)*(nstops-1));
	if (grad == NULL) return NULL;

	// The shape width and height.
	if (data->units == NSVG_OBJECT_SPACE) {
		ox = localBounds[0];
		oy = localBounds[1];
		sw = localBounds[2] - localBounds[0];
		sh = localBounds[3] - localBounds[1];
	} else {
		ox = nsvg__actualOrigX(p);
................................................................................

	if (data->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
		float x1, y1, x2, y2, dx, dy;
		x1 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.x1, ox, sw);
		y1 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.y1, oy, sh);
		x2 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.x2, ox, sw);
		y2 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.y2, oy, sh);
		// Calculate transform aligned to the line
		dx = x2 - x1;
		dy = y2 - y1;
		grad->xform[0] = dy; grad->xform[1] = -dx;
		grad->xform[2] = dx; grad->xform[3] = dy;
		grad->xform[4] = x1; grad->xform[5] = y1;
	} else {
		float cx, cy, fx, fy, r;
		cx = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.cx, ox, sw);
		cy = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.cy, oy, sh);
		fx = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.fx, ox, sw);
		fy = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.fy, oy, sh);
		r = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.r, 0, sl);
		// Calculate transform aligned to the circle
		grad->xform[0] = r; grad->xform[1] = 0;
		grad->xform[2] = 0; grad->xform[3] = r;
		grad->xform[4] = cx; grad->xform[5] = cy;
		grad->fx = fx / r;
		grad->fy = fy / r;
	}

................................................................................
	shape->miterLimit = attr->miterLimit;
	shape->fillRule = attr->fillRule;
	shape->opacity = attr->opacity;

	shape->paths = p->plist;
	p->plist = NULL;

	// Calculate shape bounds
	shape->bounds[0] = shape->paths->bounds[0];
	shape->bounds[1] = shape->paths->bounds[1];
	shape->bounds[2] = shape->paths->bounds[2];
	shape->bounds[3] = shape->paths->bounds[3];
	for (path = shape->paths->next; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		shape->bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(shape->bounds[0], path->bounds[0]);
		shape->bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(shape->bounds[1], path->bounds[1]);
		shape->bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(shape->bounds[2], path->bounds[2]);
		shape->bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(shape->bounds[3], path->bounds[3]);
	}

	// Set fill
	if (attr->hasFill == 0) {
		shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	} else if (attr->hasFill == 1) {
		shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_COLOR;
		shape->fill.color = attr->fillColor;
		shape->fill.color |= (unsigned int)(attr->fillOpacity*255) << 24;
	} else if (attr->hasFill == 2) {
................................................................................
		nsvg__getLocalBounds(localBounds, shape, inv);
		shape->fill.gradient = nsvg__createGradient(p, attr->fillGradient, localBounds, &shape->fill.type);
		if (shape->fill.gradient == NULL) {
			shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
		}
	}

	// Set stroke
	if (attr->hasStroke == 0) {
		shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	} else if (attr->hasStroke == 1) {
		shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_COLOR;
		shape->stroke.color = attr->strokeColor;
		shape->stroke.color |= (unsigned int)(attr->strokeOpacity*255) << 24;
	} else if (attr->hasStroke == 2) {
................................................................................
		nsvg__xformInverse(inv, attr->xform);
		nsvg__getLocalBounds(localBounds, shape, inv);
		shape->stroke.gradient = nsvg__createGradient(p, attr->strokeGradient, localBounds, &shape->stroke.type);
		if (shape->stroke.gradient == NULL)
			shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	}

	// Set flags
	shape->flags = ((attr->visible & NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY) && (attr->visible & NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE) ? NSVG_FLAGS_VISIBLE : 0x00);

	// Add to tail
	if (p->image->shapes == NULL)
		p->image->shapes = shape;
	else
		p->shapesTail->next = shape;
	p->shapesTail = shape;

	return;
................................................................................

	if (p->npts < 4)
		return;

	if (closed)
		nsvg__lineTo(p, p->pts[0], p->pts[1]);

	// Expect 1 + N*3 points (N = number of cubic bezier segments).
	if ((p->npts % 3) != 1)
		return;

	path = (NSVGpath*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGpath));
	if (path == NULL) goto error;
	memset(path, 0, sizeof(NSVGpath));

	path->pts = (float*)NANOSVG_malloc(p->npts*2*sizeof(float));
	if (path->pts == NULL) goto error;
	path->closed = closed;
	path->npts = p->npts;

	// Transform path.
	for (i = 0; i < p->npts; ++i)
		nsvg__xformPoint(&path->pts[i*2], &path->pts[i*2+1], p->pts[i*2], p->pts[i*2+1], attr->xform);

	// Find bounds
	for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
		curve = &path->pts[i*2];
		nsvg__curveBounds(bounds, curve);
		if (i == 0) {
			path->bounds[0] = bounds[0];
			path->bounds[1] = bounds[1];
			path->bounds[2] = bounds[2];
................................................................................
error:
	if (path != NULL) {
		if (path->pts != NULL) NANOSVG_free(path->pts);
		NANOSVG_free(path);
	}
}

// We roll our own string to float because the std library one uses locale and messes things up.
static double nsvg__atof(const char* s)
{
	char* cur = (char*)s;
	char* end = NULL;
	double res = 0.0, sign = 1.0;
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
	__int64 intPart = 0, fracPart = 0;
#else
	long long intPart = 0, fracPart = 0;
#endif
	char hasIntPart = 0, hasFracPart = 0;

	// Parse optional sign
	if (*cur == '+') {
		cur++;
	} else if (*cur == '-') {
		sign = -1;
		cur++;
	}

	// Parse integer part
	if (nsvg__isdigit(*cur)) {
		// Parse digit sequence
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
		intPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10);
#else
		intPart = strtoll(cur, &end, 10);
#endif
		if (cur != end) {
			res = (double)intPart;
			hasIntPart = 1;
			cur = end;
		}
	}

	// Parse fractional part.
	if (*cur == '.') {
		cur++; // Skip '.'
		if (nsvg__isdigit(*cur)) {
			// Parse digit sequence
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
			fracPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10);
#else
			fracPart = strtoll(cur, &end, 10);
#endif
			if (cur != end) {
				res += (double)fracPart / pow(10.0, (double)(end - cur));
				hasFracPart = 1;
				cur = end;
			}
		}
	}

	// A valid number should have integer or fractional part.
	if (!hasIntPart && !hasFracPart)
		return 0.0;

	// Parse optional exponent
	if (*cur == 'e' || *cur == 'E') {
		int expPart = 0;
		cur++; // skip 'E'
		expPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10); // Parse digit sequence with sign
		if (cur != end) {
			res *= pow(10.0, (double)expPart);
		}
	}

	return res * sign;
}
................................................................................


static const char* nsvg__parseNumber(const char* s, char* it, const int size)
{
	const int last = size-1;
	int i = 0;

	// sign
	if (*s == '-' || *s == '+') {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	// integer part
	while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	if (*s == '.') {
		// decimal point
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
		// fraction part
		while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
			if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
			s++;
		}
	}
	// exponent
	if (*s == 'e' || *s == 'E') {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
		if (*s == '-' || *s == '+') {
			if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
			s++;
		}
................................................................................

	return s;
}

static const char* nsvg__getNextPathItem(const char* s, char* it)
{
	it[0] = '\0';
	// Skip white spaces and commas
	while (*s && (nsvg__isspace(*s) || *s == ',')) s++;
	if (!*s) return s;
	if (*s == '-' || *s == '+' || *s == '.' || nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
		s = nsvg__parseNumber(s, it, 64);
	} else {
		// Parse command
		it[0] = *s++;
		it[1] = '\0';
		return s;
	}

	return s;
}

static unsigned int nsvg__parseColorHex(const char* str)
{
	unsigned int c = 0, r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;
	int n = 0;
	str++; // skip #
	// Calculate number of characters.
	while(str[n] && !nsvg__isspace(str[n]))
		n++;
	if (n == 6) {
		sscanf(str, "%x", &c);
	} else if (n == 3) {
		sscanf(str, "%x", &c);
		c = (c&0xf) | ((c&0xf0) << 4) | ((c&0xf00) << 8);
................................................................................
	else if (units[0] == 'e' && units[1] == 'x')
		return NSVG_UNITS_EX;
	return NSVG_UNITS_USER;
}

static int nsvg__isCoordinate(const char* s)
{
	// optional sign
	if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
		s++;
	// must have at least one digit
	return nsvg__isdigit(*s);
}

static NSVGcoordinate nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(const char* str)
{
	NSVGcoordinate coord = {0, NSVG_UNITS_USER};
	char units[32]="";
................................................................................
		nsvg__xformPremultiply(xform, t);
	}
}

static void nsvg__parseUrl(char* id, const char* str)
{
	int i = 0;
	str += 4; // "url(";
	if (*str == '#')
		str++;
	while (i < 63 && *str != ')') {
		id[i] = *str++;
		i++;
	}
	id[i] = '\0';
................................................................................
{
	if (strcmp(str, "butt") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
	else if (strcmp(str, "round") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_ROUND;
	else if (strcmp(str, "square") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_SQUARE;
	// TODO: handle inherit.
	return NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
}

static char nsvg__parseLineJoin(const char* str)
{
	if (strcmp(str, "miter") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
	else if (strcmp(str, "round") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_ROUND;
	else if (strcmp(str, "bevel") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL;
	// TODO: handle inherit.
	return NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
}

static char nsvg__parseFillRule(const char* str)
{
	if (strcmp(str, "nonzero") == 0)
		return NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
	else if (strcmp(str, "evenodd") == 0)
		return NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD;
	// TODO: handle inherit.
	return NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
}

static const char* nsvg__getNextDashItem(const char* s, char* it)
{
	int n = 0;
	it[0] = '\0';
	// Skip white spaces and commas
	while (*s && (nsvg__isspace(*s) || *s == ',')) s++;
	// Advance until whitespace, comma or end.
	while (*s && (!nsvg__isspace(*s) && *s != ',')) {
		if (n < 63)
			it[n++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	it[n++] = '\0';
	return s;
................................................................................

static int nsvg__parseStrokeDashArray(NSVGparser* p, const char* str, float* strokeDashArray)
{
	char item[64];
	int count = 0, i;
	float sum = 0.0f;

	// Handle "none"
	if (str[0] == 'n')
		return 0;

	// Parse dashes
	while (*str) {
		str = nsvg__getNextDashItem(str, item);
		if (!*item) break;
		if (count < NSVG_MAX_DASHES)
			strokeDashArray[count++] = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, item, 0.0f, nsvg__actualLength(p)));
	}

................................................................................
	if (!attr) return 0;

	if (strcmp(name, "style") == 0) {
		nsvg__parseStyle(p, value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "display") == 0) {
		if (strcmp(value, "none") == 0)
			attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY;
		// Don't reset ->visible on display:inline, one display:none hides the whole subtree

	} else if (strcmp(name, "visibility") == 0) {
		if (strcmp(value, "hidden") == 0) {
			attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;
		} else if (strcmp(value, "visible") == 0) {
			attr->visible |= NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;
		}
................................................................................
	int n;

	str = start;
	while (str < end && *str != ':') ++str;

	val = str;

	// Right Trim
	while (str > start &&  (*str == ':' || nsvg__isspace(*str))) --str;
	++str;

	n = (int)(str - start);
	if (n > 511) n = 511;
	if (n) memcpy(name, start, n);
	name[n] = 0;
................................................................................

static void nsvg__parseStyle(NSVGparser* p, const char* str)
{
	const char* start;
	const char* end;

	while (*str) {
		// Left Trim
		while(*str && nsvg__isspace(*str)) ++str;
		start = str;
		while(*str && *str != ';') ++str;
		end = str;

		// Right Trim
		while (end > start &&  (*end == ';' || nsvg__isspace(*end))) --end;
		++end;

		nsvg__parseNameValue(p, start, end);
		if (*str) ++str;
	}
}
................................................................................
	} else {
		cx = args[0];
		cy = args[1];
		x2 = args[2];
		y2 = args[3];
	}

	// Convert to cubic bezier
	cx1 = x1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x1);
	cy1 = y1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y1);
	cx2 = x2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x2);
	cy2 = y2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y2);

	nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);

................................................................................
		x2 = args[0];
		y2 = args[1];
	}

	cx = 2*x1 - *cpx2;
	cy = 2*y1 - *cpy2;

	// Convert to cubix bezier
	cx1 = x1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x1);
	cy1 = y1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y1);
	cx2 = x2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x2);
	cy2 = y2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y2);

	nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);

................................................................................
	if (r < -1.0f) r = -1.0f;
	if (r > 1.0f) r = 1.0f;
	return ((ux*vy < uy*vx) ? -1.0f : 1.0f) * acosf(r);
}

static void nsvg__pathArcTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
	// Ported from canvg (https://code.google.com/p/canvg/)
	float rx, ry, rotx;
	float x1, y1, x2, y2, cx, cy, dx, dy, d;
	float x1p, y1p, cxp, cyp, s, sa, sb;
	float ux, uy, vx, vy, a1, da;
	float x, y, tanx, tany, a, px = 0, py = 0, ptanx = 0, ptany = 0, t[6];
	float sinrx, cosrx;
	int fa, fs;
	int i, ndivs;
	float hda, kappa;

	rx = fabsf(args[0]);				// y radius
	ry = fabsf(args[1]);				// x radius
	rotx = args[2] / 180.0f * NSVG_PI;		// x rotation angle
	fa = fabsf(args[3]) > 1e-6 ? 1 : 0;	// Large arc
	fs = fabsf(args[4]) > 1e-6 ? 1 : 0;	// Sweep direction
	x1 = *cpx;							// start point
	y1 = *cpy;
	if (rel) {							// end point
		x2 = *cpx + args[5];
		y2 = *cpy + args[6];
	} else {
		x2 = args[5];
		y2 = args[6];
	}

	dx = x1 - x2;
	dy = y1 - y2;
	d = sqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy);
	if (d < 1e-6f || rx < 1e-6f || ry < 1e-6f) {
		// The arc degenerates to a line
		nsvg__lineTo(p, x2, y2);
		*cpx = x2;
		*cpy = y2;
		return;
	}

	sinrx = sinf(rotx);
	cosrx = cosf(rotx);

	// Convert to center point parameterization.
	// http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/implnote.html#ArcImplementationNotes
	// 1) Compute x1', y1'
	x1p = cosrx * dx / 2.0f + sinrx * dy / 2.0f;
	y1p = -sinrx * dx / 2.0f + cosrx * dy / 2.0f;
	d = nsvg__sqr(x1p)/nsvg__sqr(rx) + nsvg__sqr(y1p)/nsvg__sqr(ry);
	if (d > 1) {
		d = sqrtf(d);
		rx *= d;
		ry *= d;
	}
	// 2) Compute cx', cy'
	s = 0.0f;
	sa = nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(ry) - nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(y1p) - nsvg__sqr(ry)*nsvg__sqr(x1p);
	sb = nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(y1p) + nsvg__sqr(ry)*nsvg__sqr(x1p);
	if (sa < 0.0f) sa = 0.0f;
	if (sb > 0.0f)
		s = sqrtf(sa / sb);
	if (fa == fs)
		s = -s;
	cxp = s * rx * y1p / ry;
	cyp = s * -ry * x1p / rx;

	// 3) Compute cx,cy from cx',cy'
	cx = (x1 + x2)/2.0f + cosrx*cxp - sinrx*cyp;
	cy = (y1 + y2)/2.0f + sinrx*cxp + cosrx*cyp;

	// 4) Calculate theta1, and delta theta.
	ux = (x1p - cxp) / rx;
	uy = (y1p - cyp) / ry;
	vx = (-x1p - cxp) / rx;
	vy = (-y1p - cyp) / ry;
	a1 = nsvg__vecang(1.0f,0.0f, ux,uy);	// Initial angle
	da = nsvg__vecang(ux,uy, vx,vy);		// Delta angle

//	if (vecrat(ux,uy,vx,vy) <= -1.0f) da = NSVG_PI;
//	if (vecrat(ux,uy,vx,vy) >= 1.0f) da = 0;

	if (fs == 0 && da > 0)
		da -= 2 * NSVG_PI;
	else if (fs == 1 && da < 0)
		da += 2 * NSVG_PI;

	// Approximate the arc using cubic spline segments.
	t[0] = cosrx; t[1] = sinrx;
	t[2] = -sinrx; t[3] = cosrx;
	t[4] = cx; t[5] = cy;

	// Split arc into max 90 degree segments.
	// The loop assumes an iteration per end point (including start and end), this +1.
	ndivs = (int)(fabsf(da) / (NSVG_PI*0.5f) + 1.0f);
	hda = (da / (float)ndivs) / 2.0f;
	kappa = fabsf(4.0f / 3.0f * (1.0f - cosf(hda)) / sinf(hda));
	if (da < 0.0f)
		kappa = -kappa;

	for (i = 0; i <= ndivs; i++) {
		a = a1 + da * ((float)i/(float)ndivs);
		dx = cosf(a);
		dy = sinf(a);
		nsvg__xformPoint(&x, &y, dx*rx, dy*ry, t); // position
		nsvg__xformVec(&tanx, &tany, -dy*rx * kappa, dx*ry * kappa, t); // tangent
		if (i > 0)
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, px+ptanx,py+ptany, x-tanx, y-tany, x, y);
		px = x;
		py = y;
		ptanx = tanx;
		ptany = tany;
	}
................................................................................
				if (nargs < 10)
					args[nargs++] = (float)nsvg__atof(item);
				if (nargs >= rargs) {
					switch (cmd) {
						case 'm':
						case 'M':
							nsvg__pathMoveTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'm' ? 1 : 0);
							// Moveto can be followed by multiple coordinate pairs,
							// which should be treated as linetos.
							cmd = (cmd == 'm') ? 'l' : 'L';
							rargs = nsvg__getArgsPerElement(cmd);
							cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
							initPoint = 1;
							break;
						case 'l':
						case 'L':
................................................................................
							break;
					}
					nargs = 0;
				}
			} else {
				cmd = item[0];
				if (cmd == 'M' || cmd == 'm') {
					// Commit path.
					if (p->npts > 0)
						nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
					// Start new subpath.
					nsvg__resetPath(p);
					closedFlag = 0;
					nargs = 0;
				} else if (initPoint == 0) {
					// Do not allow other commands until initial point has been set (moveTo called once).
					cmd = '\0';
				}
				if (cmd == 'Z' || cmd == 'z') {
					closedFlag = 1;
					// Commit path.
					if (p->npts > 0) {
						// Move current point to first point
						cpx = p->pts[0];
						cpy = p->pts[1];
						cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
						nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
					}
					// Start new subpath.
					nsvg__resetPath(p);
					nsvg__moveTo(p, cpx, cpy);
					closedFlag = 0;
					nargs = 0;
				}
				rargs = nsvg__getArgsPerElement(cmd);
				if (rargs == -1) {
					// Command not recognized
					cmd = '\0';
					rargs = 0;
				}
			}
		}
		// Commit path.
		if (p->npts)
			nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
	}

	nsvg__addShape(p);
}

static void nsvg__parseRect(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	float x = 0.0f;
	float y = 0.0f;
	float w = 0.0f;
	float h = 0.0f;
	float rx = -1.0f; // marks not set
	float ry = -1.0f;
	int i;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "x") == 0) x = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigX(p), nsvg__actualWidth(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "y") == 0) y = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigY(p), nsvg__actualHeight(p));
................................................................................

		if (rx < 0.00001f || ry < 0.0001f) {
			nsvg__moveTo(p, x, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x, y+h);
		} else {
			// Rounded rectangle
			nsvg__moveTo(p, x+rx, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w-rx, y);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+w-rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y, x+w, y+ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+w, y+ry);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h-ry);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+w, y+h-ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+w-rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y+h, x+w-rx, y+h);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+rx, y+h);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y+h, x, y+h-ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x, y+h-ry);
................................................................................
				p->image->width = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "height") == 0) {
				p->image->height = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "viewBox") == 0) {
				sscanf(attr[i + 1], "%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f", &p->viewMinx, &p->viewMiny, &p->viewWidth, &p->viewHeight);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "preserveAspectRatio") == 0) {
				if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "none") != 0) {
					// No uniform scaling
					p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_NONE;
				} else {
					// Parse X align
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMin") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MIN;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMid") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MID;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMax") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MAX;
					// Parse X align
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMin") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MIN;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMid") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MID;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMax") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MAX;
					// Parse meet/slice
					p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_MEET;
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "slice") != 0)
						p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE;
				}
			}
		}
	}
................................................................................
	curAttr->stopColor = 0;
	curAttr->stopOpacity = 1.0f;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1]);
	}

	// Add stop to the last gradient.
	grad = p->gradients;
	if (grad == NULL) return;

	grad->nstops++;
	grad->stops = (NSVGgradientStop*)NANOSVG_realloc(grad->stops, sizeof(NSVGgradientStop)*grad->nstops);
	if (grad->stops == NULL) return;

	// Insert
	idx = grad->nstops-1;
	for (i = 0; i < grad->nstops-1; i++) {
		if (curAttr->stopOffset < grad->stops[i].offset) {
			idx = i;
			break;
		}
	}
................................................................................
}

static void nsvg__startElement(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr)
{
	NSVGparser* p = (NSVGparser*)ud;

	if (p->defsFlag) {
		// Skip everything but gradients in defs
		if (strcmp(el, "linearGradient") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT);
		} else if (strcmp(el, "radialGradient") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT);
		} else if (strcmp(el, "stop") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradientStop(p, attr);
		}
................................................................................
		return;
	}

	if (strcmp(el, "g") == 0) {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseAttribs(p, attr);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "path") == 0) {
		if (p->pathFlag)	// Do not allow nested paths.
			return;
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parsePath(p, attr);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "rect") == 0) {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseRect(p, attr);
................................................................................

static float nsvg__viewAlign(float content, float container, int type)
{
	if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MIN)
		return 0;
	else if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MAX)
		return container - content;
	// mid
	return (container - content) * 0.5f;
}

static void nsvg__scaleGradient(NSVGgradient* grad, float tx, float ty, float sx, float sy)
{
	float t[6];
	nsvg__xformSetTranslation(t, tx, ty);
................................................................................
{
	NSVGshape* shape;
	NSVGpath* path;
	float tx, ty, sx, sy, us, bounds[4], t[6], avgs;
	int i;
	float* pt;

	// Guess image size if not set completely.
	nsvg__imageBounds(p, bounds);

	if (p->viewWidth == 0) {
		if (p->image->width > 0) {
			p->viewWidth = p->image->width;
		} else {
			p->viewMinx = bounds[0];
................................................................................
	if (p->image->height == 0)
		p->image->height = p->viewHeight;

	tx = -p->viewMinx;
	ty = -p->viewMiny;
	sx = p->viewWidth > 0 ? p->image->width / p->viewWidth : 0;
	sy = p->viewHeight > 0 ? p->image->height / p->viewHeight : 0;
	// Unit scaling
	us = 1.0f / nsvg__convertToPixels(p, nsvg__coord(1.0f, nsvg__parseUnits(units)), 0.0f, 1.0f);

	// Fix aspect ratio
	if (p->alignType == NSVG_ALIGN_MEET) {
		// fit whole image into viewbox
		sx = sy = nsvg__minf(sx, sy);
		tx += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewWidth*sx, p->image->width, p->alignX) / sx;
		ty += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewHeight*sy, p->image->height, p->alignY) / sy;
	} else if (p->alignType == NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE) {
		// fill whole viewbox with image
		sx = sy = nsvg__maxf(sx, sy);
		tx += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewWidth*sx, p->image->width, p->alignX) / sx;
		ty += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewHeight*sy, p->image->height, p->alignY) / sy;
	}

	// Transform
	sx *= us;
	sy *= us;
	avgs = (sx+sy) / 2.0f;
	for (shape = p->image->shapes; shape != NULL; shape = shape->next) {
		shape->bounds[0] = (shape->bounds[0] + tx) * sx;
		shape->bounds[1] = (shape->bounds[1] + ty) * sy;
		shape->bounds[2] = (shape->bounds[2] + tx) * sx;
................................................................................
	if (p == NULL) {
		return NULL;
	}
	p->dpi = dpi;

	nsvg__parseXML(input, nsvg__startElement, nsvg__endElement, nsvg__content, p);

	// Scale to viewBox
	nsvg__scaleToViewbox(p, units);

	ret = p->image;
	p->image = NULL;

	nsvg__deleteParser(p);

................................................................................
	if (!fp) goto error;
	fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END);
	size = ftell(fp);
	fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET);
	data = (char*)NANOSVG_malloc(size+1);
	if (data == NULL) goto error;
	if (fread(data, 1, size, fp) != size) goto error;
	data[size] = '\0';	// Must be null terminated.
	fclose(fp);
	image = nsvgParse(data, units, dpi);
	NANOSVG_free(data);

	return image;

error:






|
<
>
|
<
>
|
<
>
|
|
<
>
|
|
<
>
|
|
<
>
|
>







 







|












|







 







|
|
|
|
|




|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|




|
|
|


|


|
|


|






|








|












|
|





|







 







|









|







 







|


|







|



|




|




|







|


|




|




|






|



|







 







|





|







 







|





|
|



|







 







|







 







|







 







|










|


|






|







 







|












|







 







|











|







 







|







 







|


|







 







|












|



|







 







|












|







|

|












|

|

|













|



|


|
|







 







|




|





|


|





|







 







|





|












|
|







 







|


|







 







|







 







|











|









|







|

|







 







|



|







 







|







 







|







 







|





|







 







|







 







|







 







|










|
|
|
|
|
|

|











|









|
|
|








|











|



|




|
|

|
|






|




|
|










|
|







 







|
|







 







|


|




|




|

|





|







|





|













|







 







|







 







|


|






|






|







 







|







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|







 







|


|

|




|





|







 







|







 







|







29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36

37
38

39
40

41
42
43

44
45
46

47
48
49

50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
..
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
...
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
178
179
180
181
182
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
224
225
226
227
228
229
230
231
232
233
234
235
236
237
238
239
240
241
242
243
244
245
246
247
248
...
256
257
258
259
260
261
262
263
264
265
266
267
268
269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277
278
279
280
...
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
314
315
316
317
318
319
320
321
322
323
324
325
326
327
328
329
330
331
332
333
334
335
336
337
338
339
340
341
342
343
344
345
346
347
348
349
350
351
352
353
354
355
356
357
...
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
...
612
613
614
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
...
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
...
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
858
859
860
861
862
863
864
865
...
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
903
904
905
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
...
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
....
1027
1028
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
1047
1048
1049
1050
1051
1052
1053
....
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
....
1072
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
....
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
1121
1122
1123
1124
1125
1126
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
....
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
1170
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
....
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
....
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
1276
1277
1278
1279
1280
1281
1282
1283
1284
1285
1286
1287
1288
1289
1290
1291
1292
1293
1294
1295
1296
1297
1298
1299
1300
....
1540
1541
1542
1543
1544
1545
1546
1547
1548
1549
1550
1551
1552
1553
1554
1555
1556
1557
....
1720
1721
1722
1723
1724
1725
1726
1727
1728
1729
1730
1731
1732
1733
1734
....
1738
1739
1740
1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
1756
1757
1758
1759
1760
1761
1762
1763
1764
1765
1766
1767
1768
1769
1770
1771
1772
1773
1774
1775
1776
1777
1778
1779
1780
1781
1782
1783
1784
....
1786
1787
1788
1789
1790
1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
....
1819
1820
1821
1822
1823
1824
1825
1826
1827
1828
1829
1830
1831
1832
1833
....
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
....
1936
1937
1938
1939
1940
1941
1942
1943
1944
1945
1946
1947
1948
1949
1950
1951
1952
1953
1954
1955
1956
....
2117
2118
2119
2120
2121
2122
2123
2124
2125
2126
2127
2128
2129
2130
2131
....
2150
2151
2152
2153
2154
2155
2156
2157
2158
2159
2160
2161
2162
2163
2164
....
2182
2183
2184
2185
2186
2187
2188
2189
2190
2191
2192
2193
2194
2195
2196
2197
2198
2199
2200
2201
2202
2203
2204
2205
2206
2207
2208
2209
2210
2211
2212
2213
2214
2215
2216
2217
2218
2219
2220
2221
2222
2223
2224
2225
2226
2227
2228
2229
2230
2231
2232
2233
2234
2235
2236
2237
2238
2239
2240
2241
2242
2243
2244
2245
2246
2247
2248
2249
2250
2251
2252
2253
2254
2255
2256
2257
2258
2259
2260
2261
2262
2263
2264
2265
2266
2267
2268
2269
2270
2271
2272
2273
2274
2275
2276
2277
2278
2279
2280
2281
2282
2283
2284
2285
2286
2287
2288
2289
2290
2291
2292
2293
2294
2295
2296
2297
....
2341
2342
2343
2344
2345
2346
2347
2348
2349
2350
2351
2352
2353
2354
2355
2356
....
2397
2398
2399
2400
2401
2402
2403
2404
2405
2406
2407
2408
2409
2410
2411
2412
2413
2414
2415
2416
2417
2418
2419
2420
2421
2422
2423
2424
2425
2426
2427
2428
2429
2430
2431
2432
2433
2434
2435
2436
2437
2438
2439
2440
2441
2442
2443
2444
2445
2446
2447
2448
2449
2450
2451
2452
2453
2454
2455
2456
2457
2458
2459
2460
....
2477
2478
2479
2480
2481
2482
2483
2484
2485
2486
2487
2488
2489
2490
2491
....
2634
2635
2636
2637
2638
2639
2640
2641
2642
2643
2644
2645
2646
2647
2648
2649
2650
2651
2652
2653
2654
2655
2656
2657
2658
2659
2660
2661
2662
2663
2664
2665
....
2746
2747
2748
2749
2750
2751
2752
2753
2754
2755
2756
2757
2758
2759
2760
2761
2762
2763
2764
2765
2766
2767
2768
....
2778
2779
2780
2781
2782
2783
2784
2785
2786
2787
2788
2789
2790
2791
2792
....
2793
2794
2795
2796
2797
2798
2799
2800
2801
2802
2803
2804
2805
2806
2807
....
2946
2947
2948
2949
2950
2951
2952
2953
2954
2955
2956
2957
2958
2959
2960
....
2968
2969
2970
2971
2972
2973
2974
2975
2976
2977
2978
2979
2980
2981
2982
....
2996
2997
2998
2999
3000
3001
3002
3003
3004
3005
3006
3007
3008
3009
3010
3011
3012
3013
3014
3015
3016
3017
3018
3019
3020
3021
3022
3023
3024
3025
3026
....
3065
3066
3067
3068
3069
3070
3071
3072
3073
3074
3075
3076
3077
3078
3079
....
3092
3093
3094
3095
3096
3097
3098
3099
3100
3101
3102
3103
3104
3105
3106
#ifndef NANOSVG_H
#define NANOSVG_H

#ifdef __cplusplus
extern "C" {
#endif

/* NanoSVG is a simple stupid single-header-file SVG parse. The output of the parser is a list of cubic bezier shapes.

 *
 * The library suits well for anything from rendering scalable icons in your editor application to prototyping a game.

 *
 * NanoSVG supports a wide range of SVG features, but something may be missing, feel free to create a pull request!

 *
 * The shapes in the SVG images are transformed by the viewBox and converted to specified units.
 * That is, you should get the same looking data as your designed in your favorite app.

 *
 * NanoSVG can return the paths in few different units. For example if you want to render an image, you may choose
 * to get the paths in pixels, or if you are feeding the data into a CNC-cutter, you may want to use millimeters.

 *
 * The units passed to NanoSVG should be one of: 'px', 'pt', 'pc' 'mm', 'cm', or 'in'.
 * DPI (dots-per-inch) controls how the unit conversion is done.

 *
 * If you don't know or care about the units stuff, "px" and 96 should get you going.
 */


/* Example Usage:
	// Load SVG
	NSVGimage* image;
	image = nsvgParseFromFile("test.svg", "px", 96);
	printf("size: %f x %f\n", image->width, image->height);
................................................................................
#define NANOSVG_realloc realloc
#endif

#ifndef NANOSVG_free
#define NANOSVG_free free
#endif

/* float emulation for MS VC6++ compiler */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
#define tanf(a) (float)tan(a)
#define cosf(a) (float)cos(a)
#define sinf(a) (float)sin(a)
#define sqrtf(a) (float)sqrt(a)
#define fabsf(a) (float)fabs(a)
#define acosf(a) (float)acos(a)
#define atan2f(a,b) (float)atan2(a,b)
#define ceilf(a) (float)ceil(a)
#define fmodf(a,b) (float)fmod(a,b)
#define floorf(a) (float)floor(a)
#endif
/* float emulation for MS VC8++ compiler */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1400)
#define fabsf(a) (float)fabs(a)
#endif

enum NSVGpaintType {
	NSVG_PAINT_NONE = 0,
	NSVG_PAINT_COLOR = 1,
................................................................................
		unsigned int color;
		NSVGgradient* gradient;
	};
} NSVGpaint;

typedef struct NSVGpath
{
	float* pts;					/* Cubic bezier points: x0,y0, [cpx1,cpx1,cpx2,cpy2,x1,y1], ... */
	int npts;					/* Total number of bezier points. */
	char closed;				/* Flag indicating if shapes should be treated as closed. */
	float bounds[4];			/* Tight bounding box of the shape [minx,miny,maxx,maxy]. */
	struct NSVGpath* next;		/* Pointer to next path, or NULL if last element. */
} NSVGpath;

typedef struct NSVGshape
{
	char id[64];				/* Optional 'id' attr of the shape or its group */
	NSVGpaint fill;				/* Fill paint */
	NSVGpaint stroke;			/* Stroke paint */
	float opacity;				/* Opacity of the shape. */
	float strokeWidth;			/* Stroke width (scaled). */
	float strokeDashOffset;		/* Stroke dash offset (scaled). */
	float strokeDashArray[8];			/* Stroke dash array (scaled). */
	char strokeDashCount;				/* Number of dash values in dash array. */
	char strokeLineJoin;		/* Stroke join type. */
	char strokeLineCap;			/* Stroke cap type. */
	float miterLimit;			/* Miter limit */
	char fillRule;				/* Fill rule, see NSVGfillRule. */
	unsigned char flags;		/* Logical or of NSVG_FLAGS_* flags */
	float bounds[4];			/* Tight bounding box of the shape [minx,miny,maxx,maxy]. */
	NSVGpath* paths;			/* Linked list of paths in the image. */
	struct NSVGshape* next;		/* Pointer to next shape, or NULL if last element. */
} NSVGshape;

typedef struct NSVGimage
{
	float width;				/* Width of the image. */
	float height;				/* Height of the image. */
	NSVGshape* shapes;			/* Linked list of shapes in the image. */
} NSVGimage;

/* Parses SVG file from a file, returns SVG image as paths. */
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGimage* nsvgParseFromFile(const char* filename, const char* units, float dpi);

/* Parses SVG file from a null terminated string, returns SVG image as paths. */
/* Important note: changes the string. */
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGimage* nsvgParse(char* input, const char* units, float dpi);

/* Deletes list of paths. */
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgDelete(NSVGimage* image);

#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* NANOSVG_H */

#ifdef NANOSVG_IMPLEMENTATION

#include <string.h>
#include <stdlib.h>
#include <math.h>

#define NSVG_PI (3.14159265358979323846264338327f)
#define NSVG_KAPPA90 (0.5522847493f)	/* Length proportional to radius of a cubic bezier handle for 90deg arcs. */

#define NSVG_ALIGN_MIN 0
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MID 1
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MAX 2
#define NSVG_ALIGN_NONE 0
#define NSVG_ALIGN_MEET 1
#define NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE 2

#define NSVG_NOTUSED(v) do { (void)(1 ? (void)0 : ( (void)(v) ) ); } while(0)
#define NSVG_RGB(r, g, b) (((unsigned int)r) | ((unsigned int)g << 8) | ((unsigned int)b << 16))

#ifdef _MSC_VER
	#pragma warning (disable: 4996) /* Switch off security warnings */
	#pragma warning (disable: 4100) /* Switch off unreferenced formal parameter warnings */
	#ifdef __cplusplus
	#define NSVG_INLINE inline
	#else
	#define NSVG_INLINE
	#endif
	#if !defined(strtoll)           /* old MSVC versions do not have strtoll() */
		#define strtoll _strtoi64
	#endif
#else
	#define NSVG_INLINE inline
#endif


................................................................................
	return c >= '0' && c <= '9';
}

static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__minf(float a, float b) { return a < b ? a : b; }
static NSVG_INLINE float nsvg__maxf(float a, float b) { return a > b ? a : b; }


/* Simple XML parser */

#define NSVG_XML_TAG 1
#define NSVG_XML_CONTENT 2
#define NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS 256

static void nsvg__parseContent(char* s,
							   void (*contentCb)(void* ud, const char* s),
							   void* ud)
{
	/* Trim start white spaces */
	while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
	if (!*s) return;

	if (contentCb)
		(*contentCb)(ud, s);
}

................................................................................
	const char* attr[NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS];
	int nattr = 0;
	char* cbname;
	int start = 0;
	int end = 0;
	char quote;

	/* Skip white space after the '<' */
	while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;

	/* Check if the tag is end tag */
	if (*s == '/') {
		s++;
		end = 1;
	} else {
		start = 1;
	}

	/* Skip comments, data and preprocessor stuff. */
	if (!*s || *s == '?' || *s == '!')
		return;

	/* Get tag name */
	cbname = s;
	while (*s && !nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
	if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }

	/* Get attribs */
	while (!end && *s && nattr < NSVG_XML_MAX_ATTRIBS-3) {
		char* name = NULL;
		char* value = NULL;

		/* Skip white space before the attrib name */
		while (*s && nsvg__isspace(*s)) s++;
		if (!*s) break;
		if (*s == '/') {
			end = 1;
			break;
		}
		name = s;
		/* Find end of the attrib name. */
		while (*s && !nsvg__isspace(*s) && *s != '=') s++;
		if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }
		/* Skip until the beginning of the value. */
		while (*s && *s != '\"' && *s != '\'') s++;
		if (!*s) break;
		quote = *s;
		s++;
		/* Store value and find the end of it. */
		value = s;
		while (*s && *s != quote) s++;
		if (*s) { *s++ = '\0'; }

		/* Store only well formed attributes */
		if (name && value) {
			attr[nattr++] = name;
			attr[nattr++] = value;
		}
	}

	/* List terminator */
	attr[nattr++] = 0;
	attr[nattr++] = 0;

	/* Call callbacks. */
	if (start && startelCb)
		(*startelCb)(ud, cbname, attr);
	if (end && endelCb)
		(*endelCb)(ud, cbname);
}

NANOSVG_SCOPE
................................................................................
				   void* ud)
{
	char* s = input;
	char* mark = s;
	int state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
	while (*s) {
		if (*s == '<' && state == NSVG_XML_CONTENT) {
			/* Start of a tag */
			*s++ = '\0';
			nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
			mark = s;
			state = NSVG_XML_TAG;
		} else if (*s == '>' && state == NSVG_XML_TAG) {
			/* Start of a content or new tag. */
			*s++ = '\0';
			nsvg__parseContent(mark, contentCb, ud);
			nsvg__parseElement(mark, startelCb, endelCb, ud);
			mark = s;
			state = NSVG_XML_CONTENT;
		} else {
			s++;
................................................................................
	int i, j, count;
	double roots[2], a, b, c, b2ac, t, v;
	float* v0 = &curve[0];
	float* v1 = &curve[2];
	float* v2 = &curve[4];
	float* v3 = &curve[6];

	/* Start the bounding box by end points */
	bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(v0[0], v3[0]);
	bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(v0[1], v3[1]);
	bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(v0[0], v3[0]);
	bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(v0[1], v3[1]);

	/* Bezier curve fits inside the convex hull of it's control points. */
	/* If control points are inside the bounds, we're done. */
	if (nsvg__ptInBounds(v1, bounds) && nsvg__ptInBounds(v2, bounds))
		return;

	/* Add bezier curve inflection points in X and Y. */
	for (i = 0; i < 2; i++) {
		a = -3.0 * v0[i] + 9.0 * v1[i] - 9.0 * v2[i] + 3.0 * v3[i];
		b = 6.0 * v0[i] - 12.0 * v1[i] + 6.0 * v2[i];
		c = 3.0 * v1[i] - 3.0 * v0[i];
		count = 0;
		if (fabs(a) < NSVG_EPSILON) {
			if (fabs(b) > NSVG_EPSILON) {
................................................................................
	if (p == NULL) goto error;
	memset(p, 0, sizeof(NSVGparser));

	p->image = (NSVGimage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGimage));
	if (p->image == NULL) goto error;
	memset(p->image, 0, sizeof(NSVGimage));

	/* Init style */
	nsvg__xformIdentity(p->attr[0].xform);
	memset(p->attr[0].id, 0, sizeof p->attr[0].id);
	p->attr[0].fillColor = NSVG_RGB(0,0,0);
	p->attr[0].strokeColor = NSVG_RGB(0,0,0);
	p->attr[0].opacity = 1;
	p->attr[0].fillOpacity = 1;
	p->attr[0].strokeOpacity = 1;
................................................................................
		case NSVG_UNITS_PX:			return c.value;
		case NSVG_UNITS_PT:			return c.value / 72.0f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_PC:			return c.value / 6.0f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_MM:			return c.value / 25.4f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_CM:			return c.value / 2.54f * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_IN:			return c.value * p->dpi;
		case NSVG_UNITS_EM:			return c.value * attr->fontSize;
		case NSVG_UNITS_EX:			return c.value * attr->fontSize * 0.52f; /* x-height of Helvetica. */
		case NSVG_UNITS_PERCENT:	return orig + c.value / 100.0f * length;
		default:					return c.value;
	}
	return c.value;
}

static NSVGgradientData* nsvg__findGradientData(NSVGparser* p, const char* id)
................................................................................
	float ox, oy, sw, sh, sl;
	int nstops = 0;
	int refIter;

	data = nsvg__findGradientData(p, id);
	if (data == NULL) return NULL;

	/* TODO: use ref to fill in all unset values too. */
	ref = data;
	refIter = 0;
	while (ref != NULL) {
		NSVGgradientData* nextRef = NULL;
		if (stops == NULL && ref->stops != NULL) {
			stops = ref->stops;
			nstops = ref->nstops;
			break;
		}
		nextRef = nsvg__findGradientData(p, ref->ref);
		if (nextRef == ref) break; /* prevent infite loops on malformed data */
		ref = nextRef;
		refIter++;
		if (refIter > 32) break; /* prevent infite loops on malformed data */
	}
	if (stops == NULL) return NULL;

	grad = (NSVGgradient*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGgradient) + sizeof(NSVGgradientStop)*(nstops-1));
	if (grad == NULL) return NULL;

	/* The shape width and height. */
	if (data->units == NSVG_OBJECT_SPACE) {
		ox = localBounds[0];
		oy = localBounds[1];
		sw = localBounds[2] - localBounds[0];
		sh = localBounds[3] - localBounds[1];
	} else {
		ox = nsvg__actualOrigX(p);
................................................................................

	if (data->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
		float x1, y1, x2, y2, dx, dy;
		x1 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.x1, ox, sw);
		y1 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.y1, oy, sh);
		x2 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.x2, ox, sw);
		y2 = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->linear.y2, oy, sh);
		/* Calculate transform aligned to the line */
		dx = x2 - x1;
		dy = y2 - y1;
		grad->xform[0] = dy; grad->xform[1] = -dx;
		grad->xform[2] = dx; grad->xform[3] = dy;
		grad->xform[4] = x1; grad->xform[5] = y1;
	} else {
		float cx, cy, fx, fy, r;
		cx = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.cx, ox, sw);
		cy = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.cy, oy, sh);
		fx = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.fx, ox, sw);
		fy = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.fy, oy, sh);
		r = nsvg__convertToPixels(p, data->radial.r, 0, sl);
		/* Calculate transform aligned to the circle */
		grad->xform[0] = r; grad->xform[1] = 0;
		grad->xform[2] = 0; grad->xform[3] = r;
		grad->xform[4] = cx; grad->xform[5] = cy;
		grad->fx = fx / r;
		grad->fy = fy / r;
	}

................................................................................
	shape->miterLimit = attr->miterLimit;
	shape->fillRule = attr->fillRule;
	shape->opacity = attr->opacity;

	shape->paths = p->plist;
	p->plist = NULL;

	/* Calculate shape bounds */
	shape->bounds[0] = shape->paths->bounds[0];
	shape->bounds[1] = shape->paths->bounds[1];
	shape->bounds[2] = shape->paths->bounds[2];
	shape->bounds[3] = shape->paths->bounds[3];
	for (path = shape->paths->next; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		shape->bounds[0] = nsvg__minf(shape->bounds[0], path->bounds[0]);
		shape->bounds[1] = nsvg__minf(shape->bounds[1], path->bounds[1]);
		shape->bounds[2] = nsvg__maxf(shape->bounds[2], path->bounds[2]);
		shape->bounds[3] = nsvg__maxf(shape->bounds[3], path->bounds[3]);
	}

	/* Set fill */
	if (attr->hasFill == 0) {
		shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	} else if (attr->hasFill == 1) {
		shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_COLOR;
		shape->fill.color = attr->fillColor;
		shape->fill.color |= (unsigned int)(attr->fillOpacity*255) << 24;
	} else if (attr->hasFill == 2) {
................................................................................
		nsvg__getLocalBounds(localBounds, shape, inv);
		shape->fill.gradient = nsvg__createGradient(p, attr->fillGradient, localBounds, &shape->fill.type);
		if (shape->fill.gradient == NULL) {
			shape->fill.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
		}
	}

	/* Set stroke */
	if (attr->hasStroke == 0) {
		shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	} else if (attr->hasStroke == 1) {
		shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_COLOR;
		shape->stroke.color = attr->strokeColor;
		shape->stroke.color |= (unsigned int)(attr->strokeOpacity*255) << 24;
	} else if (attr->hasStroke == 2) {
................................................................................
		nsvg__xformInverse(inv, attr->xform);
		nsvg__getLocalBounds(localBounds, shape, inv);
		shape->stroke.gradient = nsvg__createGradient(p, attr->strokeGradient, localBounds, &shape->stroke.type);
		if (shape->stroke.gradient == NULL)
			shape->stroke.type = NSVG_PAINT_NONE;
	}

	/* Set flags */
	shape->flags = ((attr->visible & NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY) && (attr->visible & NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE) ? NSVG_FLAGS_VISIBLE : 0x00);

	/* Add to tail */
	if (p->image->shapes == NULL)
		p->image->shapes = shape;
	else
		p->shapesTail->next = shape;
	p->shapesTail = shape;

	return;
................................................................................

	if (p->npts < 4)
		return;

	if (closed)
		nsvg__lineTo(p, p->pts[0], p->pts[1]);

	/* Expect 1 + N*3 points (N = number of cubic bezier segments). */
	if ((p->npts % 3) != 1)
		return;

	path = (NSVGpath*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGpath));
	if (path == NULL) goto error;
	memset(path, 0, sizeof(NSVGpath));

	path->pts = (float*)NANOSVG_malloc(p->npts*2*sizeof(float));
	if (path->pts == NULL) goto error;
	path->closed = closed;
	path->npts = p->npts;

	/* Transform path. */
	for (i = 0; i < p->npts; ++i)
		nsvg__xformPoint(&path->pts[i*2], &path->pts[i*2+1], p->pts[i*2], p->pts[i*2+1], attr->xform);

	/* Find bounds */
	for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
		curve = &path->pts[i*2];
		nsvg__curveBounds(bounds, curve);
		if (i == 0) {
			path->bounds[0] = bounds[0];
			path->bounds[1] = bounds[1];
			path->bounds[2] = bounds[2];
................................................................................
error:
	if (path != NULL) {
		if (path->pts != NULL) NANOSVG_free(path->pts);
		NANOSVG_free(path);
	}
}

/* We roll our own string to float because the std library one uses locale and messes things up. */
static double nsvg__atof(const char* s)
{
	char* cur = (char*)s;
	char* end = NULL;
	double res = 0.0, sign = 1.0;
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
	__int64 intPart = 0, fracPart = 0;
#else
	long long intPart = 0, fracPart = 0;
#endif
	char hasIntPart = 0, hasFracPart = 0;

	/* Parse optional sign */
	if (*cur == '+') {
		cur++;
	} else if (*cur == '-') {
		sign = -1;
		cur++;
	}

	/* Parse integer part */
	if (nsvg__isdigit(*cur)) {
		/* Parse digit sequence */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
		intPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10);
#else
		intPart = strtoll(cur, &end, 10);
#endif
		if (cur != end) {
			res = (double)intPart;
			hasIntPart = 1;
			cur = end;
		}
	}

	/* Parse fractional part. */
	if (*cur == '.') {
		cur++; /* Skip '.' */
		if (nsvg__isdigit(*cur)) {
			/* Parse digit sequence */
#if defined(_MSC_VER) && (_MSC_VER == 1200)
			fracPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10);
#else
			fracPart = strtoll(cur, &end, 10);
#endif
			if (cur != end) {
				res += (double)fracPart / pow(10.0, (double)(end - cur));
				hasFracPart = 1;
				cur = end;
			}
		}
	}

	/* A valid number should have integer or fractional part. */
	if (!hasIntPart && !hasFracPart)
		return 0.0;

	/* Parse optional exponent */
	if (*cur == 'e' || *cur == 'E') {
		int expPart = 0;
		cur++; /* skip 'E' */
		expPart = strtol(cur, &end, 10); /* Parse digit sequence with sign */
		if (cur != end) {
			res *= pow(10.0, (double)expPart);
		}
	}

	return res * sign;
}
................................................................................


static const char* nsvg__parseNumber(const char* s, char* it, const int size)
{
	const int last = size-1;
	int i = 0;

	/* sign */
	if (*s == '-' || *s == '+') {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	/* integer part */
	while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	if (*s == '.') {
		/* decimal point */
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
		/* fraction part */
		while (*s && nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
			if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
			s++;
		}
	}
	/* exponent */
	if (*s == 'e' || *s == 'E') {
		if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
		s++;
		if (*s == '-' || *s == '+') {
			if (i < last) it[i++] = *s;
			s++;
		}
................................................................................

	return s;
}

static const char* nsvg__getNextPathItem(const char* s, char* it)
{
	it[0] = '\0';
	/* Skip white spaces and commas */
	while (*s && (nsvg__isspace(*s) || *s == ',')) s++;
	if (!*s) return s;
	if (*s == '-' || *s == '+' || *s == '.' || nsvg__isdigit(*s)) {
		s = nsvg__parseNumber(s, it, 64);
	} else {
		/* Parse command */
		it[0] = *s++;
		it[1] = '\0';
		return s;
	}

	return s;
}

static unsigned int nsvg__parseColorHex(const char* str)
{
	unsigned int c = 0, r = 0, g = 0, b = 0;
	int n = 0;
	str++; /* skip # */
	/* Calculate number of characters. */
	while(str[n] && !nsvg__isspace(str[n]))
		n++;
	if (n == 6) {
		sscanf(str, "%x", &c);
	} else if (n == 3) {
		sscanf(str, "%x", &c);
		c = (c&0xf) | ((c&0xf0) << 4) | ((c&0xf00) << 8);
................................................................................
	else if (units[0] == 'e' && units[1] == 'x')
		return NSVG_UNITS_EX;
	return NSVG_UNITS_USER;
}

static int nsvg__isCoordinate(const char* s)
{
	/* optional sign */
	if (*s == '-' || *s == '+')
		s++;
	/* must have at least one digit */
	return nsvg__isdigit(*s);
}

static NSVGcoordinate nsvg__parseCoordinateRaw(const char* str)
{
	NSVGcoordinate coord = {0, NSVG_UNITS_USER};
	char units[32]="";
................................................................................
		nsvg__xformPremultiply(xform, t);
	}
}

static void nsvg__parseUrl(char* id, const char* str)
{
	int i = 0;
	str += 4; /* "url("; */
	if (*str == '#')
		str++;
	while (i < 63 && *str != ')') {
		id[i] = *str++;
		i++;
	}
	id[i] = '\0';
................................................................................
{
	if (strcmp(str, "butt") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
	else if (strcmp(str, "round") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_ROUND;
	else if (strcmp(str, "square") == 0)
		return NSVG_CAP_SQUARE;
	/* TODO: handle inherit. */
	return NSVG_CAP_BUTT;
}

static char nsvg__parseLineJoin(const char* str)
{
	if (strcmp(str, "miter") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
	else if (strcmp(str, "round") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_ROUND;
	else if (strcmp(str, "bevel") == 0)
		return NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL;
	/* TODO: handle inherit. */
	return NSVG_JOIN_MITER;
}

static char nsvg__parseFillRule(const char* str)
{
	if (strcmp(str, "nonzero") == 0)
		return NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
	else if (strcmp(str, "evenodd") == 0)
		return NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD;
	/* TODO: handle inherit. */
	return NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO;
}

static const char* nsvg__getNextDashItem(const char* s, char* it)
{
	int n = 0;
	it[0] = '\0';
	/* Skip white spaces and commas */
	while (*s && (nsvg__isspace(*s) || *s == ',')) s++;
	/* Advance until whitespace, comma or end. */
	while (*s && (!nsvg__isspace(*s) && *s != ',')) {
		if (n < 63)
			it[n++] = *s;
		s++;
	}
	it[n++] = '\0';
	return s;
................................................................................

static int nsvg__parseStrokeDashArray(NSVGparser* p, const char* str, float* strokeDashArray)
{
	char item[64];
	int count = 0, i;
	float sum = 0.0f;

	/* Handle "none" */
	if (str[0] == 'n')
		return 0;

	/* Parse dashes */
	while (*str) {
		str = nsvg__getNextDashItem(str, item);
		if (!*item) break;
		if (count < NSVG_MAX_DASHES)
			strokeDashArray[count++] = fabsf(nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, item, 0.0f, nsvg__actualLength(p)));
	}

................................................................................
	if (!attr) return 0;

	if (strcmp(name, "style") == 0) {
		nsvg__parseStyle(p, value);
	} else if (strcmp(name, "display") == 0) {
		if (strcmp(value, "none") == 0)
			attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_DISPLAY;
		/* Don't reset ->visible on display:inline, one display:none hides the whole subtree */

	} else if (strcmp(name, "visibility") == 0) {
		if (strcmp(value, "hidden") == 0) {
			attr->visible &= ~NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;
		} else if (strcmp(value, "visible") == 0) {
			attr->visible |= NSVG_VIS_VISIBLE;
		}
................................................................................
	int n;

	str = start;
	while (str < end && *str != ':') ++str;

	val = str;

	/* Right Trim */
	while (str > start &&  (*str == ':' || nsvg__isspace(*str))) --str;
	++str;

	n = (int)(str - start);
	if (n > 511) n = 511;
	if (n) memcpy(name, start, n);
	name[n] = 0;
................................................................................

static void nsvg__parseStyle(NSVGparser* p, const char* str)
{
	const char* start;
	const char* end;

	while (*str) {
		/* Left Trim */
		while(*str && nsvg__isspace(*str)) ++str;
		start = str;
		while(*str && *str != ';') ++str;
		end = str;

		/* Right Trim */
		while (end > start &&  (*end == ';' || nsvg__isspace(*end))) --end;
		++end;

		nsvg__parseNameValue(p, start, end);
		if (*str) ++str;
	}
}
................................................................................
	} else {
		cx = args[0];
		cy = args[1];
		x2 = args[2];
		y2 = args[3];
	}

	/* Convert to cubic bezier */
	cx1 = x1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x1);
	cy1 = y1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y1);
	cx2 = x2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x2);
	cy2 = y2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y2);

	nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);

................................................................................
		x2 = args[0];
		y2 = args[1];
	}

	cx = 2*x1 - *cpx2;
	cy = 2*y1 - *cpy2;

	/* Convert to cubix bezier */
	cx1 = x1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x1);
	cy1 = y1 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y1);
	cx2 = x2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cx - x2);
	cy2 = y2 + 2.0f/3.0f*(cy - y2);

	nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, cx1,cy1, cx2,cy2, x2,y2);

................................................................................
	if (r < -1.0f) r = -1.0f;
	if (r > 1.0f) r = 1.0f;
	return ((ux*vy < uy*vx) ? -1.0f : 1.0f) * acosf(r);
}

static void nsvg__pathArcTo(NSVGparser* p, float* cpx, float* cpy, float* args, int rel)
{
	/* Ported from canvg (https://code.google.com/p/canvg/) */
	float rx, ry, rotx;
	float x1, y1, x2, y2, cx, cy, dx, dy, d;
	float x1p, y1p, cxp, cyp, s, sa, sb;
	float ux, uy, vx, vy, a1, da;
	float x, y, tanx, tany, a, px = 0, py = 0, ptanx = 0, ptany = 0, t[6];
	float sinrx, cosrx;
	int fa, fs;
	int i, ndivs;
	float hda, kappa;

	rx = fabsf(args[0]);				/* y radius */
	ry = fabsf(args[1]);				/* x radius */
	rotx = args[2] / 180.0f * NSVG_PI;		/* x rotation angle */
	fa = fabsf(args[3]) > 1e-6 ? 1 : 0;	/* Large arc */
	fs = fabsf(args[4]) > 1e-6 ? 1 : 0;	/* Sweep direction */
	x1 = *cpx;							/* start point */
	y1 = *cpy;
	if (rel) {							/* end point */
		x2 = *cpx + args[5];
		y2 = *cpy + args[6];
	} else {
		x2 = args[5];
		y2 = args[6];
	}

	dx = x1 - x2;
	dy = y1 - y2;
	d = sqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy);
	if (d < 1e-6f || rx < 1e-6f || ry < 1e-6f) {
		/* The arc degenerates to a line */
		nsvg__lineTo(p, x2, y2);
		*cpx = x2;
		*cpy = y2;
		return;
	}

	sinrx = sinf(rotx);
	cosrx = cosf(rotx);

	/* Convert to center point parameterization. */
	/* http://www.w3.org/TR/SVG11/implnote.html#ArcImplementationNotes */
	/* 1) Compute x1', y1' */
	x1p = cosrx * dx / 2.0f + sinrx * dy / 2.0f;
	y1p = -sinrx * dx / 2.0f + cosrx * dy / 2.0f;
	d = nsvg__sqr(x1p)/nsvg__sqr(rx) + nsvg__sqr(y1p)/nsvg__sqr(ry);
	if (d > 1) {
		d = sqrtf(d);
		rx *= d;
		ry *= d;
	}
	/* 2) Compute cx', cy' */
	s = 0.0f;
	sa = nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(ry) - nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(y1p) - nsvg__sqr(ry)*nsvg__sqr(x1p);
	sb = nsvg__sqr(rx)*nsvg__sqr(y1p) + nsvg__sqr(ry)*nsvg__sqr(x1p);
	if (sa < 0.0f) sa = 0.0f;
	if (sb > 0.0f)
		s = sqrtf(sa / sb);
	if (fa == fs)
		s = -s;
	cxp = s * rx * y1p / ry;
	cyp = s * -ry * x1p / rx;

	/* 3) Compute cx,cy from cx',cy' */
	cx = (x1 + x2)/2.0f + cosrx*cxp - sinrx*cyp;
	cy = (y1 + y2)/2.0f + sinrx*cxp + cosrx*cyp;

	/* 4) Calculate theta1, and delta theta. */
	ux = (x1p - cxp) / rx;
	uy = (y1p - cyp) / ry;
	vx = (-x1p - cxp) / rx;
	vy = (-y1p - cyp) / ry;
	a1 = nsvg__vecang(1.0f,0.0f, ux,uy);	/* Initial angle */
	da = nsvg__vecang(ux,uy, vx,vy);		/* Delta angle */

/*	if (vecrat(ux,uy,vx,vy) <= -1.0f) da = NSVG_PI; */
/*	if (vecrat(ux,uy,vx,vy) >= 1.0f) da = 0; */

	if (fs == 0 && da > 0)
		da -= 2 * NSVG_PI;
	else if (fs == 1 && da < 0)
		da += 2 * NSVG_PI;

	/* Approximate the arc using cubic spline segments. */
	t[0] = cosrx; t[1] = sinrx;
	t[2] = -sinrx; t[3] = cosrx;
	t[4] = cx; t[5] = cy;

	/* Split arc into max 90 degree segments. */
	/* The loop assumes an iteration per end point (including start and end), this +1. */
	ndivs = (int)(fabsf(da) / (NSVG_PI*0.5f) + 1.0f);
	hda = (da / (float)ndivs) / 2.0f;
	kappa = fabsf(4.0f / 3.0f * (1.0f - cosf(hda)) / sinf(hda));
	if (da < 0.0f)
		kappa = -kappa;

	for (i = 0; i <= ndivs; i++) {
		a = a1 + da * ((float)i/(float)ndivs);
		dx = cosf(a);
		dy = sinf(a);
		nsvg__xformPoint(&x, &y, dx*rx, dy*ry, t); /* position */
		nsvg__xformVec(&tanx, &tany, -dy*rx * kappa, dx*ry * kappa, t); /* tangent */
		if (i > 0)
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, px+ptanx,py+ptany, x-tanx, y-tany, x, y);
		px = x;
		py = y;
		ptanx = tanx;
		ptany = tany;
	}
................................................................................
				if (nargs < 10)
					args[nargs++] = (float)nsvg__atof(item);
				if (nargs >= rargs) {
					switch (cmd) {
						case 'm':
						case 'M':
							nsvg__pathMoveTo(p, &cpx, &cpy, args, cmd == 'm' ? 1 : 0);
							/* Moveto can be followed by multiple coordinate pairs, */
							/* which should be treated as linetos. */
							cmd = (cmd == 'm') ? 'l' : 'L';
							rargs = nsvg__getArgsPerElement(cmd);
							cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
							initPoint = 1;
							break;
						case 'l':
						case 'L':
................................................................................
							break;
					}
					nargs = 0;
				}
			} else {
				cmd = item[0];
				if (cmd == 'M' || cmd == 'm') {
					/* Commit path. */
					if (p->npts > 0)
						nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
					/* Start new subpath. */
					nsvg__resetPath(p);
					closedFlag = 0;
					nargs = 0;
				} else if (initPoint == 0) {
					/* Do not allow other commands until initial point has been set (moveTo called once). */
					cmd = '\0';
				}
				if (cmd == 'Z' || cmd == 'z') {
					closedFlag = 1;
					/* Commit path. */
					if (p->npts > 0) {
						/* Move current point to first point */
						cpx = p->pts[0];
						cpy = p->pts[1];
						cpx2 = cpx; cpy2 = cpy;
						nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
					}
					/* Start new subpath. */
					nsvg__resetPath(p);
					nsvg__moveTo(p, cpx, cpy);
					closedFlag = 0;
					nargs = 0;
				}
				rargs = nsvg__getArgsPerElement(cmd);
				if (rargs == -1) {
					/* Command not recognized */
					cmd = '\0';
					rargs = 0;
				}
			}
		}
		/* Commit path. */
		if (p->npts)
			nsvg__addPath(p, closedFlag);
	}

	nsvg__addShape(p);
}

static void nsvg__parseRect(NSVGparser* p, const char** attr)
{
	float x = 0.0f;
	float y = 0.0f;
	float w = 0.0f;
	float h = 0.0f;
	float rx = -1.0f; /* marks not set */
	float ry = -1.0f;
	int i;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		if (!nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1])) {
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "x") == 0) x = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigX(p), nsvg__actualWidth(p));
			if (strcmp(attr[i], "y") == 0) y = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i+1], nsvg__actualOrigY(p), nsvg__actualHeight(p));
................................................................................

		if (rx < 0.00001f || ry < 0.0001f) {
			nsvg__moveTo(p, x, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x, y+h);
		} else {
			/* Rounded rectangle */
			nsvg__moveTo(p, x+rx, y);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w-rx, y);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+w-rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y, x+w, y+ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+w, y+ry);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+w, y+h-ry);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+w, y+h-ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x+w-rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y+h, x+w-rx, y+h);
			nsvg__lineTo(p, x+rx, y+h);
			nsvg__cubicBezTo(p, x+rx*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), y+h, x, y+h-ry*(1-NSVG_KAPPA90), x, y+h-ry);
................................................................................
				p->image->width = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "height") == 0) {
				p->image->height = nsvg__parseCoordinate(p, attr[i + 1], 0.0f, 0.0f);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "viewBox") == 0) {
				sscanf(attr[i + 1], "%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f%*[%%, \t]%f", &p->viewMinx, &p->viewMiny, &p->viewWidth, &p->viewHeight);
			} else if (strcmp(attr[i], "preserveAspectRatio") == 0) {
				if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "none") != 0) {
					/* No uniform scaling */
					p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_NONE;
				} else {
					/* Parse X align */
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMin") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MIN;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMid") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MID;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "xMax") != 0)
						p->alignX = NSVG_ALIGN_MAX;
					/* Parse X align */
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMin") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MIN;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMid") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MID;
					else if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "yMax") != 0)
						p->alignY = NSVG_ALIGN_MAX;
					/* Parse meet/slice */
					p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_MEET;
					if (strstr(attr[i + 1], "slice") != 0)
						p->alignType = NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE;
				}
			}
		}
	}
................................................................................
	curAttr->stopColor = 0;
	curAttr->stopOpacity = 1.0f;

	for (i = 0; attr[i]; i += 2) {
		nsvg__parseAttr(p, attr[i], attr[i + 1]);
	}

	/* Add stop to the last gradient. */
	grad = p->gradients;
	if (grad == NULL) return;

	grad->nstops++;
	grad->stops = (NSVGgradientStop*)NANOSVG_realloc(grad->stops, sizeof(NSVGgradientStop)*grad->nstops);
	if (grad->stops == NULL) return;

	/* Insert */
	idx = grad->nstops-1;
	for (i = 0; i < grad->nstops-1; i++) {
		if (curAttr->stopOffset < grad->stops[i].offset) {
			idx = i;
			break;
		}
	}
................................................................................
}

static void nsvg__startElement(void* ud, const char* el, const char** attr)
{
	NSVGparser* p = (NSVGparser*)ud;

	if (p->defsFlag) {
		/* Skip everything but gradients in defs */
		if (strcmp(el, "linearGradient") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT);
		} else if (strcmp(el, "radialGradient") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradient(p, attr, NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT);
		} else if (strcmp(el, "stop") == 0) {
			nsvg__parseGradientStop(p, attr);
		}
................................................................................
		return;
	}

	if (strcmp(el, "g") == 0) {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseAttribs(p, attr);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "path") == 0) {
		if (p->pathFlag)	/* Do not allow nested paths. */
			return;
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parsePath(p, attr);
		nsvg__popAttr(p);
	} else if (strcmp(el, "rect") == 0) {
		nsvg__pushAttr(p);
		nsvg__parseRect(p, attr);
................................................................................

static float nsvg__viewAlign(float content, float container, int type)
{
	if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MIN)
		return 0;
	else if (type == NSVG_ALIGN_MAX)
		return container - content;
	/* mid */
	return (container - content) * 0.5f;
}

static void nsvg__scaleGradient(NSVGgradient* grad, float tx, float ty, float sx, float sy)
{
	float t[6];
	nsvg__xformSetTranslation(t, tx, ty);
................................................................................
{
	NSVGshape* shape;
	NSVGpath* path;
	float tx, ty, sx, sy, us, bounds[4], t[6], avgs;
	int i;
	float* pt;

	/* Guess image size if not set completely. */
	nsvg__imageBounds(p, bounds);

	if (p->viewWidth == 0) {
		if (p->image->width > 0) {
			p->viewWidth = p->image->width;
		} else {
			p->viewMinx = bounds[0];
................................................................................
	if (p->image->height == 0)
		p->image->height = p->viewHeight;

	tx = -p->viewMinx;
	ty = -p->viewMiny;
	sx = p->viewWidth > 0 ? p->image->width / p->viewWidth : 0;
	sy = p->viewHeight > 0 ? p->image->height / p->viewHeight : 0;
	/* Unit scaling */
	us = 1.0f / nsvg__convertToPixels(p, nsvg__coord(1.0f, nsvg__parseUnits(units)), 0.0f, 1.0f);

	/* Fix aspect ratio */
	if (p->alignType == NSVG_ALIGN_MEET) {
		/* fit whole image into viewbox */
		sx = sy = nsvg__minf(sx, sy);
		tx += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewWidth*sx, p->image->width, p->alignX) / sx;
		ty += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewHeight*sy, p->image->height, p->alignY) / sy;
	} else if (p->alignType == NSVG_ALIGN_SLICE) {
		/* fill whole viewbox with image */
		sx = sy = nsvg__maxf(sx, sy);
		tx += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewWidth*sx, p->image->width, p->alignX) / sx;
		ty += nsvg__viewAlign(p->viewHeight*sy, p->image->height, p->alignY) / sy;
	}

	/* Transform */
	sx *= us;
	sy *= us;
	avgs = (sx+sy) / 2.0f;
	for (shape = p->image->shapes; shape != NULL; shape = shape->next) {
		shape->bounds[0] = (shape->bounds[0] + tx) * sx;
		shape->bounds[1] = (shape->bounds[1] + ty) * sy;
		shape->bounds[2] = (shape->bounds[2] + tx) * sx;
................................................................................
	if (p == NULL) {
		return NULL;
	}
	p->dpi = dpi;

	nsvg__parseXML(input, nsvg__startElement, nsvg__endElement, nsvg__content, p);

	/* Scale to viewBox */
	nsvg__scaleToViewbox(p, units);

	ret = p->image;
	p->image = NULL;

	nsvg__deleteParser(p);

................................................................................
	if (!fp) goto error;
	fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_END);
	size = ftell(fp);
	fseek(fp, 0, SEEK_SET);
	data = (char*)NANOSVG_malloc(size+1);
	if (data == NULL) goto error;
	if (fread(data, 1, size, fp) != size) goto error;
	data[size] = '\0';	/* Must be null terminated. */
	fclose(fp);
	image = nsvgParse(data, units, dpi);
	NANOSVG_free(data);

	return image;

error:

Changes to generic/nanosvgrast.h.

55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76

77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
...
198
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
...
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
...
384
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
...
615
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
...
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
...
692
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
...
752
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
...
781
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
...
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
...
867
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
...
906
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934

935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
....
1009
1010
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
....
1029
1030
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
....
1052
1053
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
....
1073
1074
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
....
1099
1100
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
....
1127
1128
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
....
1171
1172
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
....
1407
1408
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
	struct NSVGrasterizer* rast = nsvgCreateRasterizer();
	// Allocate memory for image
	unsigned char* img = malloc(w*h*4);
	// Rasterize
	nsvgRasterize(rast, image, 0,0,1, img, w, h, w*4);
*/

// Allocated rasterizer context.
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGrasterizer* nsvgCreateRasterizer(void);

// Rasterizes SVG image, returns RGBA image (non-premultiplied alpha)
//   r - pointer to rasterizer context
//   image - pointer to image to rasterize
//   tx,ty - image offset (applied after scaling)
//   scale - image scale
//   dst - pointer to destination image data, 4 bytes per pixel (RGBA)
//   w - width of the image to render
//   h - height of the image to render
//   stride - number of bytes per scaleline in the destination buffer
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgRasterize(NSVGrasterizer* r,
				   NSVGimage* image, float tx, float ty, float scale,
				   unsigned char* dst, int w, int h, int stride);


// Deletes rasterizer context.
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgDeleteRasterizer(NSVGrasterizer*);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif // NANOSVGRAST_H

#ifdef NANOSVGRAST_IMPLEMENTATION

#include <math.h>

#define NSVG__SUBSAMPLES	5
#define NSVG__FIXSHIFT		10
................................................................................
	NANOSVG_free(r);
}

static NSVGmemPage* nsvg__nextPage(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGmemPage* cur)
{
	NSVGmemPage *newp;

	// If using existing chain, return the next page in chain
	if (cur != NULL && cur->next != NULL) {
		return cur->next;
	}

	// Alloc new page
	newp = (NSVGmemPage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGmemPage));
	if (newp == NULL) return NULL;
	memset(newp, 0, sizeof(NSVGmemPage));

	// Add to linked list
	if (cur != NULL)
		cur->next = newp;
	else
		r->pages = newp;

	return newp;
}
................................................................................
	r->npoints2 = r->npoints;
}

static void nsvg__addEdge(NSVGrasterizer* r, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1)
{
	NSVGedge* e;

	// Skip horizontal edges
	if (y0 == y1)
		return;

	if (r->nedges+1 > r->cedges) {
		r->cedges = r->cedges > 0 ? r->cedges * 2 : 64;
		r->edges = (NSVGedge*)NANOSVG_realloc(r->edges, sizeof(NSVGedge) * r->cedges);
		if (r->edges == NULL) return;
................................................................................
static void nsvg__flattenShape(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGshape* shape, float scale)
{
	int i, j;
	NSVGpath* path;

	for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		r->npoints = 0;
		// Flatten path
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, 0);
		for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
			float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
			nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, p[0]*scale,p[1]*scale, p[2]*scale,p[3]*scale, p[4]*scale,p[5]*scale, p[6]*scale,p[7]*scale, 0, 0);
		}
		// Close path
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, 0);
		// Build edges
		for (i = 0, j = r->npoints-1; i < r->npoints; j = i++)
			nsvg__addEdge(r, r->points[j].x, r->points[j].y, r->points[i].x, r->points[i].y);
	}
}

enum NSVGpointFlags
{
................................................................................
	int divs = (int)ceilf(arc / da);
	if (divs < 2) divs = 2;
	return divs;
}

static void nsvg__expandStroke(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* points, int npoints, int closed, int lineJoin, int lineCap, float lineWidth)
{
	int ncap = nsvg__curveDivs(lineWidth*0.5f, NSVG_PI, r->tessTol);	// Calculate divisions per half circle.
	NSVGpoint left = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, right = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, firstLeft = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, firstRight = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
	int j, s, e;

	// Build stroke edges
	if (closed) {
		// Looping
		p0 = &points[npoints-1];
		p1 = &points[0];
		s = 0;
		e = npoints;
	} else {
		// Add cap
		p0 = &points[0];
		p1 = &points[1];
		s = 1;
		e = npoints-1;
	}

	if (closed) {
		nsvg__initClosed(&left, &right, p0, p1, lineWidth);
		firstLeft = left;
		firstRight = right;
	} else {
		// Add cap
		float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
		if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_BUTT)
			nsvg__buttCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, 0);
		else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_SQUARE)
			nsvg__squareCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, 0);
................................................................................
		} else {
			nsvg__straightJoin(r, &left, &right, p1, lineWidth);
		}
		p0 = p1++;
	}

	if (closed) {
		// Loop it
		nsvg__addEdge(r, firstLeft.x, firstLeft.y, left.x, left.y);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, right.x, right.y, firstRight.x, firstRight.y);
	} else {
		// Add cap
		float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
		if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_BUTT)
			nsvg__buttCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, 1);
		else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_SQUARE)
			nsvg__squareCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, 1);
................................................................................
{
	int i, j;
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;

	p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
	p1 = &r->points[0];
	for (i = 0; i < r->npoints; i++) {
		// Calculate segment direction and length
		p0->dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		p0->dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		p0->len = nsvg__normalize(&p0->dx, &p0->dy);
		// Advance
		p0 = p1++;
	}

	// calculate joins
	p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
	p1 = &r->points[0];
	for (j = 0; j < r->npoints; j++) {
		float dlx0, dly0, dlx1, dly1, dmr2, cross;
		dlx0 = p0->dy;
		dly0 = -p0->dx;
		dlx1 = p1->dy;
		dly1 = -p1->dx;
		// Calculate extrusions
		p1->dmx = (dlx0 + dlx1) * 0.5f;
		p1->dmy = (dly0 + dly1) * 0.5f;
		dmr2 = p1->dmx*p1->dmx + p1->dmy*p1->dmy;
		if (dmr2 > 0.000001f) {
			float s2 = 1.0f / dmr2;
			if (s2 > 600.0f) {
				s2 = 600.0f;
			}
			p1->dmx *= s2;
			p1->dmy *= s2;
		}

		// Clear flags, but keep the corner.
		p1->flags = (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) ? NSVG_PT_CORNER : 0;

		// Keep track of left turns.
		cross = p1->dx * p0->dy - p0->dx * p1->dy;
		if (cross > 0.0f)
			p1->flags |= NSVG_PT_LEFT;

		// Check to see if the corner needs to be beveled.
		if (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) {
			if ((dmr2 * miterLimit*miterLimit) < 1.0f || lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL || lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_ROUND) {
				p1->flags |= NSVG_PT_BEVEL;
			}
		}

		p0 = p1++;
................................................................................
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
	float miterLimit = shape->miterLimit;
	int lineJoin = shape->strokeLineJoin;
	int lineCap = shape->strokeLineCap;
	float lineWidth = shape->strokeWidth * scale;

	for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		// Flatten path
		r->npoints = 0;
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
		for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
			float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
			nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, p[0]*scale,p[1]*scale, p[2]*scale,p[3]*scale, p[4]*scale,p[5]*scale, p[6]*scale,p[7]*scale, 0, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
		}
		if (r->npoints < 2)
			continue;

		closed = path->closed;

		// If the first and last points are the same, remove the last, mark as closed path.
		p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
		p1 = &r->points[0];
		if (nsvg__ptEquals(p0->x,p0->y, p1->x,p1->y, r->distTol)) {
			r->npoints--;
			p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
			closed = 1;
		}
................................................................................
			int idash = 0, dashState = 1;
			float totalDist = 0, dashLen, allDashLen, dashOffset;
			NSVGpoint cur;

			if (closed)
				nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, r->points[0]);

			// Duplicate points -> points2.
			nsvg__duplicatePoints(r);

			r->npoints = 0;
 			cur = r->points2[0];
			nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);

			// Figure out dash offset.
			allDashLen = 0;
			for (j = 0; j < shape->strokeDashCount; j++)
				allDashLen += shape->strokeDashArray[j];
			if (shape->strokeDashCount & 1)
				allDashLen *= 2.0f;
			// Find location inside pattern
			dashOffset = fmodf(shape->strokeDashOffset, allDashLen);
			if (dashOffset < 0.0f)
				dashOffset += allDashLen;

			while (dashOffset > shape->strokeDashArray[idash]) {
				dashOffset -= shape->strokeDashArray[idash];
				idash = (idash + 1) % shape->strokeDashCount;
................................................................................

			for (j = 1; j < r->npoints2; ) {
				float dx = r->points2[j].x - cur.x;
				float dy = r->points2[j].y - cur.y;
				float dist = sqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy);

				if ((totalDist + dist) > dashLen) {
					// Calculate intermediate point
					float d = (dashLen - totalDist) / dist;
					float x = cur.x + dx * d;
					float y = cur.y + dy * d;
					nsvg__addPathPoint(r, x, y, NSVG_PT_CORNER);

					// Stroke
					if (r->npoints > 1 && dashState) {
						nsvg__prepareStroke(r, miterLimit, lineJoin);
						nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, 0, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
					}
					// Advance dash pattern
					dashState = !dashState;
					idash = (idash+1) % shape->strokeDashCount;
					dashLen = shape->strokeDashArray[idash] * scale;
					// Restart
					cur.x = x;
					cur.y = y;
					cur.flags = NSVG_PT_CORNER;
					totalDist = 0.0f;
					r->npoints = 0;
					nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
				} else {
					totalDist += dist;
					cur = r->points2[j];
					nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
					j++;
				}
			}
			// Stroke any leftover path
			if (r->npoints > 1 && dashState)
				nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, 0, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
		} else {
			nsvg__prepareStroke(r, miterLimit, lineJoin);
			nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, closed, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
		}
	}
................................................................................

static NSVGactiveEdge* nsvg__addActive(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGedge* e, float startPoint)
{
	 NSVGactiveEdge* z;
	float dxdy;

	if (r->freelist != NULL) {
		// Restore from freelist.
		z = r->freelist;
		r->freelist = z->next;
	} else {
		// Alloc new edge.
		z = (NSVGactiveEdge*)nsvg__alloc(r, sizeof(NSVGactiveEdge));
		if (z == NULL) return NULL;
	}

	dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
//	STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point);
	// round dx down to avoid going too far
	if (dxdy < 0)
		z->dx = (int)(-floorf(NSVG__FIX * -dxdy));
	else
		z->dx = (int)floorf(NSVG__FIX * dxdy);
	z->x = (int)floorf(NSVG__FIX * (e->x0 + dxdy * (startPoint - e->y0)));
//	z->x -= off_x * FIX;
	z->ey = e->y1;
	z->next = 0;
	z->dir = e->dir;

	return z;
}

................................................................................
{
	int i = x0 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
	int j = x1 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
	if (i < *xmin) *xmin = i;
	if (j > *xmax) *xmax = j;
	if (i < len && j >= 0) {
		if (i == j) {
			// x0,x1 are the same pixel, so compute combined coverage
			scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + ((x1 - x0) * maxWeight >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
		} else {
			if (i >= 0) // add antialiasing for x0
				scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + (((NSVG__FIX - (x0 & NSVG__FIXMASK)) * maxWeight) >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
			else
				i = -1; // clip

			if (j < len) // add antialiasing for x1
				scanline[j] = (unsigned char)(scanline[j] + (((x1 & NSVG__FIXMASK) * maxWeight) >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
			else
				j = len; // clip

			for (++i; i < j; ++i) // fill pixels between x0 and x1
				scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + maxWeight);
		}
	}
}

// note: this routine clips fills that extend off the edges... ideally this
// wouldn't happen, but it could happen if the truetype glyph bounding boxes
// are wrong, or if the user supplies a too-small bitmap

static void nsvg__fillActiveEdges(unsigned char* scanline, int len, NSVGactiveEdge* e, int maxWeight, int* xmin, int* xmax, char fillRule)
{
	// non-zero winding fill
	int x0 = 0, w = 0;

	if (fillRule == NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO) {
		// Non-zero
		while (e != NULL) {
			if (w == 0) {
				// if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point
				x0 = e->x; w += e->dir;
			} else {
				int x1 = e->x; w += e->dir;
				// if we went to zero, we need to draw
				if (w == 0)
					nsvg__fillScanline(scanline, len, x0, x1, maxWeight, xmin, xmax);
			}
			e = e->next;
		}
	} else if (fillRule == NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD) {
		// Even-odd
		while (e != NULL) {
			if (w == 0) {
				// if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point
				x0 = e->x; w = 1;
			} else {
				int x1 = e->x; w = 0;
				nsvg__fillScanline(scanline, len, x0, x1, maxWeight, xmin, xmax);
			}
			e = e->next;
		}
................................................................................
		cb = (cache->colors[0] >> 16) & 0xff;
		ca = (cache->colors[0] >> 24) & 0xff;

		for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
			int r,g,b;
			int a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			int ia = 255 - a;
			// Premultiply
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			// Blend over
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
................................................................................
			dst[2] = (unsigned char)b;
			dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;

			cover++;
			dst += 4;
		}
	} else if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
		// TODO: spread modes.
		// TODO: plenty of opportunities to optimize.
		float fx, fy, dx, gy;
		float* t = cache->xform;
		int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
		unsigned int c;

		fx = ((float)x - tx) / scale;
		fy = ((float)y - ty) / scale;
................................................................................
			cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff;
			cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff;
			ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff;

			a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			ia = 255 - a;

			// Premultiply
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			// Blend over
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
................................................................................
			dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;

			cover++;
			dst += 4;
			fx += dx;
		}
	} else if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT) {
		// TODO: spread modes.
		// TODO: plenty of opportunities to optimize.
		// TODO: focus (fx,fy)
		float fx, fy, dx, gx, gy, gd;
		float* t = cache->xform;
		int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
		unsigned int c;

		fx = ((float)x - tx) / scale;
		fy = ((float)y - ty) / scale;
................................................................................
			cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff;
			cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff;
			ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff;

			a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			ia = 255 - a;

			// Premultiply
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			// Blend over
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
................................................................................
}

static void nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(NSVGrasterizer *r, float tx, float ty, float scale, NSVGcachedPaint* cache, char fillRule)
{
	NSVGactiveEdge *active = NULL;
	int y, s;
	int e = 0;
	int maxWeight = (255 / NSVG__SUBSAMPLES);  // weight per vertical scanline
	int xmin, xmax;

	for (y = 0; y < r->height; y++) {
		memset(r->scanline, 0, r->width);
		xmin = r->width;
		xmax = 0;
		for (s = 0; s < NSVG__SUBSAMPLES; ++s) {
			// find center of pixel for this scanline
			float scany = (float)(y*NSVG__SUBSAMPLES + s) + 0.5f;
			NSVGactiveEdge **step = &active;

			// update all active edges;
			// remove all active edges that terminate before the center of this scanline
			while (*step) {
				NSVGactiveEdge *z = *step;
				if (z->ey <= scany) {
					*step = z->next; // delete from list
//					NSVG__assert(z->valid);
					nsvg__freeActive(r, z);
				} else {
					z->x += z->dx; // advance to position for current scanline
					step = &((*step)->next); // advance through list
				}
			}

			// resort the list if needed
			for (;;) {
				int changed = 0;
				step = &active;
				while (*step && (*step)->next) {
					if ((*step)->x > (*step)->next->x) {
						NSVGactiveEdge* t = *step;
						NSVGactiveEdge* q = t->next;
................................................................................
						changed = 1;
					}
					step = &(*step)->next;
				}
				if (!changed) break;
			}

			// insert all edges that start before the center of this scanline -- omit ones that also end on this scanline
			while (e < r->nedges && r->edges[e].y0 <= scany) {
				if (r->edges[e].y1 > scany) {
					NSVGactiveEdge* z = nsvg__addActive(r, &r->edges[e], scany);
					if (z == NULL) break;
					// find insertion point
					if (active == NULL) {
						active = z;
					} else if (z->x < active->x) {
						// insert at front
						z->next = active;
						active = z;
					} else {
						// find thing to insert AFTER
						NSVGactiveEdge* p = active;
						while (p->next && p->next->x < z->x)
							p = p->next;
						// at this point, p->next->x is NOT < z->x
						z->next = p->next;
						p->next = z;
					}
				}
				e++;
			}

			// now process all active edges in non-zero fashion
			if (active != NULL)
				nsvg__fillActiveEdges(r->scanline, r->width, active, maxWeight, &xmin, &xmax, fillRule);
		}
		// Blit
		if (xmin < 0) xmin = 0;
		if (xmax > r->width-1) xmax = r->width-1;
		if (xmin <= xmax) {
			nsvg__scanlineSolid(&r->bitmap[y * r->stride] + xmin*4, xmax-xmin+1, &r->scanline[xmin], xmin, y, tx,ty, scale, cache);
		}
	}

}

static void nsvg__unpremultiplyAlpha(unsigned char* image, int w, int h, int stride)
{
	int x,y;

	// Unpremultiply
	for (y = 0; y < h; y++) {
		unsigned char *row = &image[y*stride];
		for (x = 0; x < w; x++) {
			int r = row[0], g = row[1], b = row[2], a = row[3];
			if (a != 0) {
				row[0] = (unsigned char)(r*255/a);
				row[1] = (unsigned char)(g*255/a);
				row[2] = (unsigned char)(b*255/a);
			}
			row += 4;
		}
	}

	// Defringe
	for (y = 0; y < h; y++) {
		unsigned char *row = &image[y*stride];
		for (x = 0; x < w; x++) {
			int r = 0, g = 0, b = 0, a = row[3], n = 0;
			if (a == 0) {
				if (x-1 > 0 && row[-1] != 0) {
					r += row[-4];
................................................................................
		if (shape->fill.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE) {
			nsvg__resetPool(r);
			r->freelist = NULL;
			r->nedges = 0;

			nsvg__flattenShape(r, shape, scale);

			// Scale and translate edges
			for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
				e = &r->edges[i];
				e->x0 = tx + e->x0;
				e->y0 = (ty + e->y0) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
				e->x1 = tx + e->x1;
				e->y1 = (ty + e->y1) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
			}

			// Rasterize edges
			qsort(r->edges, r->nedges, sizeof(NSVGedge), nsvg__cmpEdge);

			// now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use non-zero rule
			nsvg__initPaint(&cache, &shape->fill, shape->opacity);

			nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(r, tx,ty,scale, &cache, shape->fillRule);
		}
		if (shape->stroke.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE && (shape->strokeWidth * scale) > 0.01f) {
			nsvg__resetPool(r);
			r->freelist = NULL;
			r->nedges = 0;

			nsvg__flattenShapeStroke(r, shape, scale);

//			dumpEdges(r, "edge.svg");

			// Scale and translate edges
			for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
				e = &r->edges[i];
				e->x0 = tx + e->x0;
				e->y0 = (ty + e->y0) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
				e->x1 = tx + e->x1;
				e->y1 = (ty + e->y1) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
			}

			// Rasterize edges
			qsort(r->edges, r->nedges, sizeof(NSVGedge), nsvg__cmpEdge);

			// now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use non-zero rule
			nsvg__initPaint(&cache, &shape->stroke, shape->opacity);

			nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(r, tx,ty,scale, &cache, NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO);
		}
	}

	nsvg__unpremultiplyAlpha(dst, w, h, stride);






|


|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|
|



>

|







|







 







|




|




|







 







|







 







|





|

|







 







|




|

|





|











|







 







|



|







 







|



|



|








|












|


|




|







 







|











|







 







|






|





|







 







|





|




|



|













|







 







|



|





|
|





|







 







|


|


|

|


|

|





|
|
|
>


|



|


|



|






|


|







 







|




|







 







|
|







 







|




|







 







|
|
|







 







|




|







 







|







|



|
|



|
|


|
|



|







 







|




|



|



|



|







|



|













|













|







 







|








|


|











|

|








|


|







55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
64
65
66
67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
...
199
200
201
202
203
204
205
206
207
208
209
210
211
212
213
214
215
216
217
218
219
220
221
222
223
...
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
311
312
313
...
385
386
387
388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
396
397
398
399
400
401
402
403
404
405
406
407
...
616
617
618
619
620
621
622
623
624
625
626
627
628
629
630
631
632
633
634
635
636
637
638
639
640
641
642
643
644
645
646
647
648
649
650
651
652
653
654
655
...
668
669
670
671
672
673
674
675
676
677
678
679
680
681
682
683
684
685
686
...
693
694
695
696
697
698
699
700
701
702
703
704
705
706
707
708
709
710
711
712
713
714
715
716
717
718
719
720
721
722
723
724
725
726
727
728
729
730
731
732
733
734
735
736
737
738
739
740
741
742
743
744
745
...
753
754
755
756
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765
766
767
768
769
770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
...
782
783
784
785
786
787
788
789
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
...
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
821
822
823
824
825
826
827
828
829
830
831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
...
868
869
870
871
872
873
874
875
876
877
878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
...
907
908
909
910
911
912
913
914
915
916
917
918
919
920
921
922
923
924
925
926
927
928
929
930
931
932
933
934
935
936
937
938
939
940
941
942
943
944
945
946
947
948
949
950
951
952
953
954
955
956
957
958
959
960
961
962
963
964
965
966
967
....
1011
1012
1013
1014
1015
1016
1017
1018
1019
1020
1021
1022
1023
1024
1025
1026
1027
1028
1029
1030
....
1031
1032
1033
1034
1035
1036
1037
1038
1039
1040
1041
1042
1043
1044
1045
1046
....
1054
1055
1056
1057
1058
1059
1060
1061
1062
1063
1064
1065
1066
1067
1068
1069
1070
1071
1072
1073
....
1075
1076
1077
1078
1079
1080
1081
1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
....
1101
1102
1103
1104
1105
1106
1107
1108
1109
1110
1111
1112
1113
1114
1115
1116
1117
1118
1119
1120
....
1129
1130
1131
1132
1133
1134
1135
1136
1137
1138
1139
1140
1141
1142
1143
1144
1145
1146
1147
1148
1149
1150
1151
1152
1153
1154
1155
1156
1157
1158
1159
1160
1161
1162
1163
1164
1165
1166
1167
1168
1169
....
1173
1174
1175
1176
1177
1178
1179
1180
1181
1182
1183
1184
1185
1186
1187
1188
1189
1190
1191
1192
1193
1194
1195
1196
1197
1198
1199
1200
1201
1202
1203
1204
1205
1206
1207
1208
1209
1210
1211
1212
1213
1214
1215
1216
1217
1218
1219
1220
1221
1222
1223
1224
1225
1226
1227
1228
1229
1230
1231
1232
1233
1234
1235
1236
1237
1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
....
1409
1410
1411
1412
1413
1414
1415
1416
1417
1418
1419
1420
1421
1422
1423
1424
1425
1426
1427
1428
1429
1430
1431
1432
1433
1434
1435
1436
1437
1438
1439
1440
1441
1442
1443
1444
1445
1446
1447
1448
1449
1450
1451
1452
1453
1454
1455
1456
1457
1458
1459
1460
1461
	struct NSVGrasterizer* rast = nsvgCreateRasterizer();
	// Allocate memory for image
	unsigned char* img = malloc(w*h*4);
	// Rasterize
	nsvgRasterize(rast, image, 0,0,1, img, w, h, w*4);
*/

/* Allocated rasterizer context. */
NANOSVG_SCOPE NSVGrasterizer* nsvgCreateRasterizer(void);

/* Rasterizes SVG image, returns RGBA image (non-premultiplied alpha)
 *   r - pointer to rasterizer context
 *   image - pointer to image to rasterize
 *   tx,ty - image offset (applied after scaling)
 *   scale - image scale
 *   dst - pointer to destination image data, 4 bytes per pixel (RGBA)
 *   w - width of the image to render
 *   h - height of the image to render
 *   stride - number of bytes per scaleline in the destination buffer
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgRasterize(NSVGrasterizer* r,
				   NSVGimage* image, float tx, float ty, float scale,
				   unsigned char* dst, int w, int h, int stride);
 */

/* Deletes rasterizer context. */
NANOSVG_SCOPE void nsvgDeleteRasterizer(NSVGrasterizer*);


#ifdef __cplusplus
}
#endif

#endif /* NANOSVGRAST_H */

#ifdef NANOSVGRAST_IMPLEMENTATION

#include <math.h>

#define NSVG__SUBSAMPLES	5
#define NSVG__FIXSHIFT		10
................................................................................
	NANOSVG_free(r);
}

static NSVGmemPage* nsvg__nextPage(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGmemPage* cur)
{
	NSVGmemPage *newp;

	/* If using existing chain, return the next page in chain */
	if (cur != NULL && cur->next != NULL) {
		return cur->next;
	}

	/* Alloc new page */
	newp = (NSVGmemPage*)NANOSVG_malloc(sizeof(NSVGmemPage));
	if (newp == NULL) return NULL;
	memset(newp, 0, sizeof(NSVGmemPage));

	/* Add to linked list */
	if (cur != NULL)
		cur->next = newp;
	else
		r->pages = newp;

	return newp;
}
................................................................................
	r->npoints2 = r->npoints;
}

static void nsvg__addEdge(NSVGrasterizer* r, float x0, float y0, float x1, float y1)
{
	NSVGedge* e;

	/* Skip horizontal edges */
	if (y0 == y1)
		return;

	if (r->nedges+1 > r->cedges) {
		r->cedges = r->cedges > 0 ? r->cedges * 2 : 64;
		r->edges = (NSVGedge*)NANOSVG_realloc(r->edges, sizeof(NSVGedge) * r->cedges);
		if (r->edges == NULL) return;
................................................................................
static void nsvg__flattenShape(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGshape* shape, float scale)
{
	int i, j;
	NSVGpath* path;

	for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		r->npoints = 0;
		/* Flatten path */
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, 0);
		for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
			float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
			nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, p[0]*scale,p[1]*scale, p[2]*scale,p[3]*scale, p[4]*scale,p[5]*scale, p[6]*scale,p[7]*scale, 0, 0);
		}
		/* Close path */
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, 0);
		/* Build edges */
		for (i = 0, j = r->npoints-1; i < r->npoints; j = i++)
			nsvg__addEdge(r, r->points[j].x, r->points[j].y, r->points[i].x, r->points[i].y);
	}
}

enum NSVGpointFlags
{
................................................................................
	int divs = (int)ceilf(arc / da);
	if (divs < 2) divs = 2;
	return divs;
}

static void nsvg__expandStroke(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGpoint* points, int npoints, int closed, int lineJoin, int lineCap, float lineWidth)
{
	int ncap = nsvg__curveDivs(lineWidth*0.5f, NSVG_PI, r->tessTol);	/* Calculate divisions per half circle. */
	NSVGpoint left = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, right = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, firstLeft = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0}, firstRight = {0,0,0,0,0,0,0,0};
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
	int j, s, e;

	/* Build stroke edges */
	if (closed) {
		/* Looping */
		p0 = &points[npoints-1];
		p1 = &points[0];
		s = 0;
		e = npoints;
	} else {
		/* Add cap */
		p0 = &points[0];
		p1 = &points[1];
		s = 1;
		e = npoints-1;
	}

	if (closed) {
		nsvg__initClosed(&left, &right, p0, p1, lineWidth);
		firstLeft = left;
		firstRight = right;
	} else {
		/* Add cap */
		float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
		if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_BUTT)
			nsvg__buttCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, 0);
		else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_SQUARE)
			nsvg__squareCap(r, &left, &right, p0, dx, dy, lineWidth, 0);
................................................................................
		} else {
			nsvg__straightJoin(r, &left, &right, p1, lineWidth);
		}
		p0 = p1++;
	}

	if (closed) {
		/* Loop it */
		nsvg__addEdge(r, firstLeft.x, firstLeft.y, left.x, left.y);
		nsvg__addEdge(r, right.x, right.y, firstRight.x, firstRight.y);
	} else {
		/* Add cap */
		float dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		float dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		nsvg__normalize(&dx, &dy);
		if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_BUTT)
			nsvg__buttCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, 1);
		else if (lineCap == NSVG_CAP_SQUARE)
			nsvg__squareCap(r, &right, &left, p1, -dx, -dy, lineWidth, 1);
................................................................................
{
	int i, j;
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;

	p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
	p1 = &r->points[0];
	for (i = 0; i < r->npoints; i++) {
		/* Calculate segment direction and length */
		p0->dx = p1->x - p0->x;
		p0->dy = p1->y - p0->y;
		p0->len = nsvg__normalize(&p0->dx, &p0->dy);
		/* Advance */
		p0 = p1++;
	}

	/* calculate joins */
	p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
	p1 = &r->points[0];
	for (j = 0; j < r->npoints; j++) {
		float dlx0, dly0, dlx1, dly1, dmr2, cross;
		dlx0 = p0->dy;
		dly0 = -p0->dx;
		dlx1 = p1->dy;
		dly1 = -p1->dx;
		/* Calculate extrusions */
		p1->dmx = (dlx0 + dlx1) * 0.5f;
		p1->dmy = (dly0 + dly1) * 0.5f;
		dmr2 = p1->dmx*p1->dmx + p1->dmy*p1->dmy;
		if (dmr2 > 0.000001f) {
			float s2 = 1.0f / dmr2;
			if (s2 > 600.0f) {
				s2 = 600.0f;
			}
			p1->dmx *= s2;
			p1->dmy *= s2;
		}

		/* Clear flags, but keep the corner. */
		p1->flags = (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) ? NSVG_PT_CORNER : 0;

		/* Keep track of left turns. */
		cross = p1->dx * p0->dy - p0->dx * p1->dy;
		if (cross > 0.0f)
			p1->flags |= NSVG_PT_LEFT;

		/* Check to see if the corner needs to be beveled. */
		if (p1->flags & NSVG_PT_CORNER) {
			if ((dmr2 * miterLimit*miterLimit) < 1.0f || lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_BEVEL || lineJoin == NSVG_JOIN_ROUND) {
				p1->flags |= NSVG_PT_BEVEL;
			}
		}

		p0 = p1++;
................................................................................
	NSVGpoint* p0, *p1;
	float miterLimit = shape->miterLimit;
	int lineJoin = shape->strokeLineJoin;
	int lineCap = shape->strokeLineCap;
	float lineWidth = shape->strokeWidth * scale;

	for (path = shape->paths; path != NULL; path = path->next) {
		/* Flatten path */
		r->npoints = 0;
		nsvg__addPathPoint(r, path->pts[0]*scale, path->pts[1]*scale, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
		for (i = 0; i < path->npts-1; i += 3) {
			float* p = &path->pts[i*2];
			nsvg__flattenCubicBez(r, p[0]*scale,p[1]*scale, p[2]*scale,p[3]*scale, p[4]*scale,p[5]*scale, p[6]*scale,p[7]*scale, 0, NSVG_PT_CORNER);
		}
		if (r->npoints < 2)
			continue;

		closed = path->closed;

		/* If the first and last points are the same, remove the last, mark as closed path. */
		p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
		p1 = &r->points[0];
		if (nsvg__ptEquals(p0->x,p0->y, p1->x,p1->y, r->distTol)) {
			r->npoints--;
			p0 = &r->points[r->npoints-1];
			closed = 1;
		}
................................................................................
			int idash = 0, dashState = 1;
			float totalDist = 0, dashLen, allDashLen, dashOffset;
			NSVGpoint cur;

			if (closed)
				nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, r->points[0]);

			/* Duplicate points -> points2. */
			nsvg__duplicatePoints(r);

			r->npoints = 0;
 			cur = r->points2[0];
			nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);

			/* Figure out dash offset. */
			allDashLen = 0;
			for (j = 0; j < shape->strokeDashCount; j++)
				allDashLen += shape->strokeDashArray[j];
			if (shape->strokeDashCount & 1)
				allDashLen *= 2.0f;
			/* Find location inside pattern */
			dashOffset = fmodf(shape->strokeDashOffset, allDashLen);
			if (dashOffset < 0.0f)
				dashOffset += allDashLen;

			while (dashOffset > shape->strokeDashArray[idash]) {
				dashOffset -= shape->strokeDashArray[idash];
				idash = (idash + 1) % shape->strokeDashCount;
................................................................................

			for (j = 1; j < r->npoints2; ) {
				float dx = r->points2[j].x - cur.x;
				float dy = r->points2[j].y - cur.y;
				float dist = sqrtf(dx*dx + dy*dy);

				if ((totalDist + dist) > dashLen) {
					/* Calculate intermediate point */
					float d = (dashLen - totalDist) / dist;
					float x = cur.x + dx * d;
					float y = cur.y + dy * d;
					nsvg__addPathPoint(r, x, y, NSVG_PT_CORNER);

					/* Stroke */
					if (r->npoints > 1 && dashState) {
						nsvg__prepareStroke(r, miterLimit, lineJoin);
						nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, 0, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
					}
					/* Advance dash pattern */
					dashState = !dashState;
					idash = (idash+1) % shape->strokeDashCount;
					dashLen = shape->strokeDashArray[idash] * scale;
					/* Restart */
					cur.x = x;
					cur.y = y;
					cur.flags = NSVG_PT_CORNER;
					totalDist = 0.0f;
					r->npoints = 0;
					nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
				} else {
					totalDist += dist;
					cur = r->points2[j];
					nsvg__appendPathPoint(r, cur);
					j++;
				}
			}
			/* Stroke any leftover path */
			if (r->npoints > 1 && dashState)
				nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, 0, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
		} else {
			nsvg__prepareStroke(r, miterLimit, lineJoin);
			nsvg__expandStroke(r, r->points, r->npoints, closed, lineJoin, lineCap, lineWidth);
		}
	}
................................................................................

static NSVGactiveEdge* nsvg__addActive(NSVGrasterizer* r, NSVGedge* e, float startPoint)
{
	 NSVGactiveEdge* z;
	float dxdy;

	if (r->freelist != NULL) {
		/* Restore from freelist. */
		z = r->freelist;
		r->freelist = z->next;
	} else {
		/* Alloc new edge. */
		z = (NSVGactiveEdge*)nsvg__alloc(r, sizeof(NSVGactiveEdge));
		if (z == NULL) return NULL;
	}

	dxdy = (e->x1 - e->x0) / (e->y1 - e->y0);
/*	STBTT_assert(e->y0 <= start_point); */
	/* round dx down to avoid going too far */
	if (dxdy < 0)
		z->dx = (int)(-floorf(NSVG__FIX * -dxdy));
	else
		z->dx = (int)floorf(NSVG__FIX * dxdy);
	z->x = (int)floorf(NSVG__FIX * (e->x0 + dxdy * (startPoint - e->y0)));
/*	z->x -= off_x * FIX; */
	z->ey = e->y1;
	z->next = 0;
	z->dir = e->dir;

	return z;
}

................................................................................
{
	int i = x0 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
	int j = x1 >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT;
	if (i < *xmin) *xmin = i;
	if (j > *xmax) *xmax = j;
	if (i < len && j >= 0) {
		if (i == j) {
			/* x0,x1 are the same pixel, so compute combined coverage */
			scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + ((x1 - x0) * maxWeight >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
		} else {
			if (i >= 0) /* add antialiasing for x0 */
				scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + (((NSVG__FIX - (x0 & NSVG__FIXMASK)) * maxWeight) >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
			else
				i = -1; /* clip */

			if (j < len) /* add antialiasing for x1 */
				scanline[j] = (unsigned char)(scanline[j] + (((x1 & NSVG__FIXMASK) * maxWeight) >> NSVG__FIXSHIFT));
			else
				j = len; /* clip */

			for (++i; i < j; ++i) /* fill pixels between x0 and x1 */
				scanline[i] = (unsigned char)(scanline[i] + maxWeight);
		}
	}
}

/* note: this routine clips fills that extend off the edges... ideally this
 * wouldn't happen, but it could happen if the truetype glyph bounding boxes
 * are wrong, or if the user supplies a too-small bitmap
 */
static void nsvg__fillActiveEdges(unsigned char* scanline, int len, NSVGactiveEdge* e, int maxWeight, int* xmin, int* xmax, char fillRule)
{
	/* non-zero winding fill */
	int x0 = 0, w = 0;

	if (fillRule == NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO) {
		/* Non-zero */
		while (e != NULL) {
			if (w == 0) {
				/* if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point */
				x0 = e->x; w += e->dir;
			} else {
				int x1 = e->x; w += e->dir;
				/* if we went to zero, we need to draw */
				if (w == 0)
					nsvg__fillScanline(scanline, len, x0, x1, maxWeight, xmin, xmax);
			}
			e = e->next;
		}
	} else if (fillRule == NSVG_FILLRULE_EVENODD) {
		/* Even-odd */
		while (e != NULL) {
			if (w == 0) {
				/* if we're currently at zero, we need to record the edge start point */
				x0 = e->x; w = 1;
			} else {
				int x1 = e->x; w = 0;
				nsvg__fillScanline(scanline, len, x0, x1, maxWeight, xmin, xmax);
			}
			e = e->next;
		}
................................................................................
		cb = (cache->colors[0] >> 16) & 0xff;
		ca = (cache->colors[0] >> 24) & 0xff;

		for (i = 0; i < count; i++) {
			int r,g,b;
			int a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			int ia = 255 - a;
			/* Premultiply */
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			/* Blend over */
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
................................................................................
			dst[2] = (unsigned char)b;
			dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;

			cover++;
			dst += 4;
		}
	} else if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_LINEAR_GRADIENT) {
		/* TODO: spread modes. */
		/* TODO: plenty of opportunities to optimize. */
		float fx, fy, dx, gy;
		float* t = cache->xform;
		int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
		unsigned int c;

		fx = ((float)x - tx) / scale;
		fy = ((float)y - ty) / scale;
................................................................................
			cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff;
			cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff;
			ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff;

			a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			ia = 255 - a;

			/* Premultiply */
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			/* Blend over */
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
................................................................................
			dst[3] = (unsigned char)a;

			cover++;
			dst += 4;
			fx += dx;
		}
	} else if (cache->type == NSVG_PAINT_RADIAL_GRADIENT) {
		/* TODO: spread modes. */
		/* TODO: plenty of opportunities to optimize. */
		/* TODO: focus (fx,fy) */
		float fx, fy, dx, gx, gy, gd;
		float* t = cache->xform;
		int i, cr, cg, cb, ca;
		unsigned int c;

		fx = ((float)x - tx) / scale;
		fy = ((float)y - ty) / scale;
................................................................................
			cg = (c >> 8) & 0xff;
			cb = (c >> 16) & 0xff;
			ca = (c >> 24) & 0xff;

			a = nsvg__div255((int)cover[0] * ca);
			ia = 255 - a;

			/* Premultiply */
			r = nsvg__div255(cr * a);
			g = nsvg__div255(cg * a);
			b = nsvg__div255(cb * a);

			/* Blend over */
			r += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[0]);
			g += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[1]);
			b += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[2]);
			a += nsvg__div255(ia * (int)dst[3]);

			dst[0] = (unsigned char)r;
			dst[1] = (unsigned char)g;
................................................................................
}

static void nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(NSVGrasterizer *r, float tx, float ty, float scale, NSVGcachedPaint* cache, char fillRule)
{
	NSVGactiveEdge *active = NULL;
	int y, s;
	int e = 0;
	int maxWeight = (255 / NSVG__SUBSAMPLES);  /* weight per vertical scanline */
	int xmin, xmax;

	for (y = 0; y < r->height; y++) {
		memset(r->scanline, 0, r->width);
		xmin = r->width;
		xmax = 0;
		for (s = 0; s < NSVG__SUBSAMPLES; ++s) {
			/* find center of pixel for this scanline */
			float scany = (float)(y*NSVG__SUBSAMPLES + s) + 0.5f;
			NSVGactiveEdge **step = &active;

			/* update all active edges; */
			/* remove all active edges that terminate before the center of this scanline */
			while (*step) {
				NSVGactiveEdge *z = *step;
				if (z->ey <= scany) {
					*step = z->next; /* delete from list */
/*					NSVG__assert(z->valid); */
					nsvg__freeActive(r, z);
				} else {
					z->x += z->dx; /* advance to position for current scanline */
					step = &((*step)->next); /* advance through list */
				}
			}

			/* resort the list if needed */
			for (;;) {
				int changed = 0;
				step = &active;
				while (*step && (*step)->next) {
					if ((*step)->x > (*step)->next->x) {
						NSVGactiveEdge* t = *step;
						NSVGactiveEdge* q = t->next;
................................................................................
						changed = 1;
					}
					step = &(*step)->next;
				}
				if (!changed) break;
			}

			/* insert all edges that start before the center of this scanline -- omit ones that also end on this scanline */
			while (e < r->nedges && r->edges[e].y0 <= scany) {
				if (r->edges[e].y1 > scany) {
					NSVGactiveEdge* z = nsvg__addActive(r, &r->edges[e], scany);
					if (z == NULL) break;
					/* find insertion point */
					if (active == NULL) {
						active = z;
					} else if (z->x < active->x) {
						/* insert at front */
						z->next = active;
						active = z;
					} else {
						/* find thing to insert AFTER */
						NSVGactiveEdge* p = active;
						while (p->next && p->next->x < z->x)
							p = p->next;
						/* at this point, p->next->x is NOT < z->x */
						z->next = p->next;
						p->next = z;
					}
				}
				e++;
			}

			/* now process all active edges in non-zero fashion */
			if (active != NULL)
				nsvg__fillActiveEdges(r->scanline, r->width, active, maxWeight, &xmin, &xmax, fillRule);
		}
		/* Blit */
		if (xmin < 0) xmin = 0;
		if (xmax > r->width-1) xmax = r->width-1;
		if (xmin <= xmax) {
			nsvg__scanlineSolid(&r->bitmap[y * r->stride] + xmin*4, xmax-xmin+1, &r->scanline[xmin], xmin, y, tx,ty, scale, cache);
		}
	}

}

static void nsvg__unpremultiplyAlpha(unsigned char* image, int w, int h, int stride)
{
	int x,y;

	/* Unpremultiply */
	for (y = 0; y < h; y++) {
		unsigned char *row = &image[y*stride];
		for (x = 0; x < w; x++) {
			int r = row[0], g = row[1], b = row[2], a = row[3];
			if (a != 0) {
				row[0] = (unsigned char)(r*255/a);
				row[1] = (unsigned char)(g*255/a);
				row[2] = (unsigned char)(b*255/a);
			}
			row += 4;
		}
	}

	/* Defringe */
	for (y = 0; y < h; y++) {
		unsigned char *row = &image[y*stride];
		for (x = 0; x < w; x++) {
			int r = 0, g = 0, b = 0, a = row[3], n = 0;
			if (a == 0) {
				if (x-1 > 0 && row[-1] != 0) {
					r += row[-4];
................................................................................
		if (shape->fill.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE) {
			nsvg__resetPool(r);
			r->freelist = NULL;
			r->nedges = 0;

			nsvg__flattenShape(r, shape, scale);

			/* Scale and translate edges */
			for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
				e = &r->edges[i];
				e->x0 = tx + e->x0;
				e->y0 = (ty + e->y0) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
				e->x1 = tx + e->x1;
				e->y1 = (ty + e->y1) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
			}

			/* Rasterize edges */
			qsort(r->edges, r->nedges, sizeof(NSVGedge), nsvg__cmpEdge);

			/* now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use non-zero rule */
			nsvg__initPaint(&cache, &shape->fill, shape->opacity);

			nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(r, tx,ty,scale, &cache, shape->fillRule);
		}
		if (shape->stroke.type != NSVG_PAINT_NONE && (shape->strokeWidth * scale) > 0.01f) {
			nsvg__resetPool(r);
			r->freelist = NULL;
			r->nedges = 0;

			nsvg__flattenShapeStroke(r, shape, scale);

/*			dumpEdges(r, "edge.svg"); */

			/* Scale and translate edges */
			for (i = 0; i < r->nedges; i++) {
				e = &r->edges[i];
				e->x0 = tx + e->x0;
				e->y0 = (ty + e->y0) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
				e->x1 = tx + e->x1;
				e->y1 = (ty + e->y1) * NSVG__SUBSAMPLES;
			}

			/* Rasterize edges */
			qsort(r->edges, r->nedges, sizeof(NSVGedge), nsvg__cmpEdge);

			/* now, traverse the scanlines and find the intersections on each scanline, use non-zero rule */
			nsvg__initPaint(&cache, &shape->stroke, shape->opacity);

			nsvg__rasterizeSortedEdges(r, tx,ty,scale, &cache, NSVG_FILLRULE_NONZERO);
		}
	}

	nsvg__unpremultiplyAlpha(dst, w, h, stride);

Changes to generic/tkCanvUtil.c.

770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
     */

    if (methods == NULL) {
	methods = InitSmoothMethods(interp);
    }

    /*
     * Backward compatability hack.
     */

    if (strncmp(value, "bezier", length) == 0) {
	smooth = &tkBezierSmoothMethod;
    }

    /*






|







770
771
772
773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
781
782
783
784
     */

    if (methods == NULL) {
	methods = InitSmoothMethods(interp);
    }

    /*
     * Backward compatibility hack.
     */

    if (strncmp(value, "bezier", length) == 0) {
	smooth = &tkBezierSmoothMethod;
    }

    /*

Changes to generic/tkDecls.h.

1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798


1799
#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#undef Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT



#endif /* _TKDECLS */







>
>

1791
1792
1793
1794
1795
1796
1797
1798
1799
1800
1801
#undef Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic
#undef Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
#undef Tk_CreateOldPhotoImageFormat
#endif /* TK_NO_DEPRECATED */

#undef TCL_STORAGE_CLASS
#define TCL_STORAGE_CLASS DLLIMPORT

#undef TkUnusedStubEntry

#endif /* _TKDECLS */

Changes to generic/tkImgPhoto.c.

4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
....
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite, Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite --
 *
 * These backward-compatability functions just exist to fill slots in stubs
 * table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
 * function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
 * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
 * failure.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
................................................................................
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic, Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic,
 * Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic, Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
 *
 * Backward compatability functions for preserving the old behaviour (i.e.
 * panic on memory allocation failure) so that extensions do not need to be
 * significantly updated to take account of TIP #116. These call the new
 * interface (i.e. the interface without the extra suffix), but panic if an
 * error condition is returned.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */






|







 







|







4078
4079
4080
4081
4082
4083
4084
4085
4086
4087
4088
4089
4090
4091
4092
....
4119
4120
4121
4122
4123
4124
4125
4126
4127
4128
4129
4130
4131
4132
4133
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoPutBlock_NoComposite, Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_NoComposite --
 *
 * These backward-compatibility functions just exist to fill slots in stubs
 * table. For the behaviour of *_NoComposite, refer to the corresponding
 * function without the extra suffix, except that the compositing rule is
 * always "overlay" and the function always panics on memory-allocation
 * failure.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */
................................................................................
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *
 * Tk_PhotoExpand_Panic, Tk_PhotoPutBlock_Panic,
 * Tk_PhotoPutZoomedBlock_Panic, Tk_PhotoSetSize_Panic
 *
 * Backward compatibility functions for preserving the old behaviour (i.e.
 * panic on memory allocation failure) so that extensions do not need to be
 * significantly updated to take account of TIP #116. These call the new
 * interface (i.e. the interface without the extra suffix), but panic if an
 * error condition is returned.
 *
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkButton.c.

269
270
271
272
273
274
275
276
277


278
279
280

281
282
283
284
285
286
287
...
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382

383
384

385
386

387
388
389
390
391
392
393
...
581
582
583
584
585
586
587
588
589

590
591

592
593

594
595
596
597
598
599
600
...
757
758
759
760
761
762
763
764
765

766
767

768
769

770
771
772
773
774
775
776
...
831
832
833
834
835
836
837

838
839
840
841
842
843
844
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*SB: SIZE_CHANGED*/ },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble LabelCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },


    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec LabelWidgetSpec =
{
    "TLabel",			/* className */
    sizeof(Label),		/* recordSize */
................................................................................
    if (buttonPtr->core.state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, buttonPtr->button.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble ButtonCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "invoke",		ButtonInvokeCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },

    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec ButtonWidgetSpec =
{
    "TButton",			/* className */
    sizeof(Button),		/* recordSize */
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble CheckbuttonCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "invoke",		CheckbuttonInvokeCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },

    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },

    /* MISSING: select, deselect, toggle */
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec CheckbuttonWidgetSpec =
{
    "TCheckbutton",		/* className */
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	radioPtr->radiobutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble RadiobuttonCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "invoke",		RadiobuttonInvokeCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },

    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },

    /* MISSING: select, deselect */
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec RadiobuttonWidgetSpec =
{
    "TRadiobutton",		/* className */
................................................................................

static const Ttk_Ensemble MenubuttonCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec MenubuttonWidgetSpec =
{
    "TMenubutton",		/* className */
    sizeof(Menubutton), 	/* recordSize */






<

>
>


<
>







 







<

>
|

>

<
>







 







<

>
|

>

<
>







 







<

>
|

>

<
>







 







>







269
270
271
272
273
274
275

276
277
278
279
280

281
282
283
284
285
286
287
288
...
375
376
377
378
379
380
381

382
383
384
385
386
387

388
389
390
391
392
393
394
395
...
583
584
585
586
587
588
589

590
591
592
593
594
595

596
597
598
599
600
601
602
603
...
760
761
762
763
764
765
766

767
768
769
770
771
772

773
774
775
776
777
778
779
780
...
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
	TK_OPTION_NULL_OK,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED /*SB: SIZE_CHANGED*/ },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(BaseOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble LabelCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec LabelWidgetSpec =
{
    "TLabel",			/* className */
    sizeof(Label),		/* recordSize */
................................................................................
    if (buttonPtr->core.state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) {
	return TCL_OK;
    }
    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp, buttonPtr->button.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble ButtonCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "invoke",		ButtonInvokeCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec ButtonWidgetSpec =
{
    "TButton",			/* className */
    sizeof(Button),		/* recordSize */
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	checkPtr->checkbutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble CheckbuttonCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "invoke",		CheckbuttonInvokeCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    /* MISSING: select, deselect, toggle */
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec CheckbuttonWidgetSpec =
{
    "TCheckbutton",		/* className */
................................................................................
	return TCL_ERROR;

    return Tcl_EvalObjEx(interp,
	radioPtr->radiobutton.commandObj, TCL_EVAL_GLOBAL);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble RadiobuttonCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "invoke",		RadiobuttonInvokeCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    /* MISSING: select, deselect */
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec RadiobuttonWidgetSpec =
{
    "TRadiobutton",		/* className */
................................................................................

static const Ttk_Ensemble MenubuttonCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec MenubuttonWidgetSpec =
{
    "TMenubutton",		/* className */
    sizeof(Menubutton), 	/* recordSize */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkEntry.c.

1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747

1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
....
1909
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916
1917


1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
....
2021
2022
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029


2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
    { "icursor", 	EntryICursorCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index", 		EntryIndexCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	EntryInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "selection", 	0,EntrySelectionCommands },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { "validate", 	EntryValidateCommand,0 },
    { "xview", 		EntryXViewCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Entry widget definition.
................................................................................
    { "get", 		EntryGetCommand,0 },
    { "icursor", 	EntryICursorCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index", 		EntryIndexCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	EntryInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "selection", 	0,EntrySelectionCommands },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "set", 		EntrySetCommand,0 },


    { "validate",	EntryValidateCommand,0 },
    { "xview", 		EntryXViewCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec ComboboxWidgetSpec = {
    "TCombobox",		/* className */
................................................................................
    { "get", 		EntryGetCommand,0 },
    { "icursor", 	EntryICursorCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index", 		EntryIndexCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	EntryInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "selection", 	0,EntrySelectionCommands },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "set", 		EntrySetCommand,0 },


    { "validate",	EntryValidateCommand,0 },
    { "xview", 		EntryXViewCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec SpinboxWidgetSpec = {
    "TSpinbox",			/* className */






>







 







<

>
>







 







<

>
>







1741
1742
1743
1744
1745
1746
1747
1748
1749
1750
1751
1752
1753
1754
1755
....
1910
1911
1912
1913
1914
1915
1916

1917
1918
1919
1920
1921
1922
1923
1924
1925
1926
....
2023
2024
2025
2026
2027
2028
2029

2030
2031
2032
2033
2034
2035
2036
2037
2038
2039
    { "icursor", 	EntryICursorCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index", 		EntryIndexCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	EntryInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "selection", 	0,EntrySelectionCommands },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { "validate", 	EntryValidateCommand,0 },
    { "xview", 		EntryXViewCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Entry widget definition.
................................................................................
    { "get", 		EntryGetCommand,0 },
    { "icursor", 	EntryICursorCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index", 		EntryIndexCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	EntryInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "selection", 	0,EntrySelectionCommands },

    { "set", 		EntrySetCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { "validate",	EntryValidateCommand,0 },
    { "xview", 		EntryXViewCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec ComboboxWidgetSpec = {
    "TCombobox",		/* className */
................................................................................
    { "get", 		EntryGetCommand,0 },
    { "icursor", 	EntryICursorCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index", 		EntryIndexCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	EntryInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "selection", 	0,EntrySelectionCommands },

    { "set", 		EntrySetCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { "validate",	EntryValidateCommand,0 },
    { "xview", 		EntryXViewCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec SpinboxWidgetSpec = {
    "TSpinbox",			/* className */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkFrame.c.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52


53
54
55

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble FrameCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",   	TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },


    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * FrameMargins --
 * 	Compute internal margins for a frame widget.
 * 	This includes the -borderWidth, plus any additional -padding.






<

>
>


<
>







44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
	0,0,GEOMETRY_CHANGED },

    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble FrameCommands[] = {

    { "cget",   	TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * FrameMargins --
 * 	Compute internal margins for a frame widget.
 * 	This includes the -borderWidth, plus any additional -padding.

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkNotebook.c.

1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244
1245
1246

1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254

1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* Subcommand table:
 */
static const Ttk_Ensemble NotebookCommands[] = {
    { "add",    	NotebookAddCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "forget",		NotebookForgetCommand,0 },
    { "hide",		NotebookHideCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	NotebookIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index",		NotebookIndexCommand,0 },
    { "insert",  	NotebookInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "select",		NotebookSelectCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { "tab",   		NotebookTabCommand,0 },
    { "tabs",   	NotebookTabsCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget class hooks.






<

>








>







1238
1239
1240
1241
1242
1243
1244

1245
1246
1247
1248
1249
1250
1251
1252
1253
1254
1255
1256
1257
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* Subcommand table:
 */
static const Ttk_Ensemble NotebookCommands[] = {
    { "add",    	NotebookAddCommand,0 },

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "forget",		NotebookForgetCommand,0 },
    { "hide",		NotebookHideCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	NotebookIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index",		NotebookIndexCommand,0 },
    { "insert",  	NotebookInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "select",		NotebookSelectCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { "tab",   		NotebookTabCommand,0 },
    { "tabs",   	NotebookTabsCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget class hooks.

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkPanedwindow.c.

878
879
880
881
882
883
884
885
886

887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894

895
896
897
898
899
900
901
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pane->sashPos));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble PanedCommands[] = {
    { "add", 		PanedAddCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "forget", 	PanedForgetCommand,0 },
    { "identify", 	PanedIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	PanedInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "pane",   	PanedPaneCommand,0 },
    { "panes",   	PanedPanesCommand,0 },
    { "sashpos",  	PanedSashposCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget specification.
 */







<

>








>







878
879
880
881
882
883
884

885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
897
898
899
900
901
902
    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewWideIntObj(pane->sashPos));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble PanedCommands[] = {
    { "add", 		PanedAddCommand,0 },

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "forget", 	PanedForgetCommand,0 },
    { "identify", 	PanedIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	PanedInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "pane",   	PanedPaneCommand,0 },
    { "panes",   	PanedPanesCommand,0 },
    { "sashpos",  	PanedSashposCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget specification.
 */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkProgress.c.

514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522

523
524
525
526
527
528

529
530
531
532
533
534
535
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
	    interp, "::ttk::progressbar::stop", objc, objv);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble ProgressbarCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "start", 		ProgressbarStartCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "step", 		ProgressbarStepCommand,0 },
    { "stop", 		ProgressbarStopCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * Widget specification:
 */
static const WidgetSpec ProgressbarWidgetSpec =






<

>






>







514
515
516
517
518
519
520

521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
530
531
532
533
534
535
536
    Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    return ProgressbarStartStopCommand(
	    interp, "::ttk::progressbar::stop", objc, objv);
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble ProgressbarCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "start", 		ProgressbarStartCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "step", 		ProgressbarStepCommand,0 },
    { "stop", 		ProgressbarStopCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * Widget specification:
 */
static const WidgetSpec ProgressbarWidgetSpec =

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScale.c.

479
480
481
482
483
484
485
486
487

488
489
490

491
492
493

494
495
496
497
498
499
500
	pt.x = troughBox.x + troughBox.width / 2;
	pt.y = troughBox.y + (int)(fraction * troughBox.height);
    }
    return pt;
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble ScaleCommands[] = {
    { "configure",   TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",        TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "state",       TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "instate",     TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "identify",    TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },

    { "set",         ScaleSetCommand,0 },
    { "get",         ScaleGetCommand,0 },
    { "coords",      ScaleCoordsCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec ScaleWidgetSpec =
{
    "TScale",			/* Class name */
    sizeof(Scale),		/* record size */






<

>
|
|

>

<
|
>







479
480
481
482
483
484
485

486
487
488
489
490
491
492

493
494
495
496
497
498
499
500
501
	pt.x = troughBox.x + troughBox.width / 2;
	pt.y = troughBox.y + (int)(fraction * troughBox.height);
    }
    return pt;
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble ScaleCommands[] = {

    { "cget",        TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",   TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "coords",      ScaleCoordsCommand,0 },
    { "get",         ScaleGetCommand,0 },
    { "identify",    TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",     TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "set",         ScaleSetCommand,0 },

    { "state",       TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec ScaleWidgetSpec =
{
    "TScale",			/* Class name */
    sizeof(Scale),		/* record size */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkScrollbar.c.

278
279
280
281
282
283
284
285
286

287
288
289
290
291
292
293

294
295
296
297
298
299
300
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(fraction));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble ScrollbarCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "delta",    	ScrollbarDeltaCommand,0 },
    { "fraction",    	ScrollbarFractionCommand,0 },
    { "get",    	ScrollbarGetCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "set",  		ScrollbarSetCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget specification.
 */
static const WidgetSpec ScrollbarWidgetSpec =






<

>







>







278
279
280
281
282
283
284

285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewDoubleObj(fraction));
    return TCL_OK;
}

static const Ttk_Ensemble ScrollbarCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "delta",    	ScrollbarDeltaCommand,0 },
    { "fraction",    	ScrollbarFractionCommand,0 },
    { "get",    	ScrollbarGetCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "set",  		ScrollbarSetCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
 * +++ Widget specification.
 */
static const WidgetSpec ScrollbarWidgetSpec =

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSeparator.c.

44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52

53
54
55

56
57
58
59
60
61
62
..
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93

94
95
96

97
98
99
100
101
102
103
	interp, theme, recordPtr, sep->separator.orientObj);
}

/*
 * Widget commands:
 */
static const Ttk_Ensemble SeparatorCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * Widget specification:
 */
static const WidgetSpec SeparatorWidgetSpec =
................................................................................

static const Tk_OptionSpec SizegripOptionSpecs[] = {
    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble SizegripCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec SizegripWidgetSpec =
{
    "TSizegrip",		/* className */
    sizeof(WidgetCore),		/* recordSize */






<

>



>







 







<

>



>







44
45
46
47
48
49
50

51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
..
86
87
88
89
90
91
92

93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
	interp, theme, recordPtr, sep->separator.orientObj);
}

/*
 * Widget commands:
 */
static const Ttk_Ensemble SeparatorCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * Widget specification:
 */
static const WidgetSpec SeparatorWidgetSpec =
................................................................................

static const Tk_OptionSpec SizegripOptionSpecs[] = {
    WIDGET_TAKEFOCUS_FALSE,
    WIDGET_INHERIT_OPTIONS(ttkCoreOptionSpecs)
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble SizegripCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

static const WidgetSpec SizegripWidgetSpec =
{
    "TSizegrip",		/* className */
    sizeof(WidgetCore),		/* recordSize */

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkSquare.c.

125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133

134
135
136

137
138
139
140
141
142
143
/*
 * Widget commands. A widget is impelemented as an ensemble and the
 * subcommands are listed here. Ttk provides default implementations
 * that are sufficient for our needs.
 */

static const Ttk_Ensemble SquareCommands[] = {
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },

    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation
 * information about this widget and this is what must be registered
 * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).






<

>



>







125
126
127
128
129
130
131

132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
/*
 * Widget commands. A widget is impelemented as an ensemble and the
 * subcommands are listed here. Ttk provides default implementations
 * that are sufficient for our needs.
 */

static const Ttk_Ensemble SquareCommands[] = {

    { "cget",		TtkWidgetCgetCommand,0 },
    { "configure",	TtkWidgetConfigureCommand,0 },
    { "identify",	TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*
 * The Widget specification structure holds all the implementation
 * information about this widget and this is what must be registered
 * with Tk in the package initialization code (see bottom).

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTheme.c.

91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
....
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
....
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317
1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
1326
1327
....
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613

























1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
....
1647
1648
1649
1650
1651
1652
1653

1654
1655
1656
1657
1658
1659
1660
	style = style->parentStyle;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Ttk_StyleDefault --
 * 	Look up default resource setting the in the specified style.
 */
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StyleDefault(Ttk_Style style, const char *optionName)
{
    while (style) {
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
	    Tcl_FindHashEntry(&style->defaultsTable, optionName);
	if (entryPtr)
................................................................................
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp,2,objv,"style ?-option ?value...??");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    styleName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    stylePtr = Ttk_GetStyle(theme, styleName);

    if (objc == 3) {		/* style default $styleName */
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, HashTableToDict(&stylePtr->defaultsTable));
	return TCL_OK;
    } else if (objc == 4) {	/* style default $styleName -option */
	const char *optionName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
	    Tcl_FindHashEntry(&stylePtr->defaultsTable, optionName);
	if (entryPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, (Tcl_Obj*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
................................................................................

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 6) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "style -option ?state? ?default?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    style = Ttk_GetStyle(theme, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));
    if (!style) {
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }
    optionName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);

    if (objc >= 5) {
	Ttk_StateSpec stateSpec;
	/* @@@ SB: Ttk_GetStateFromObj(); 'offbits' spec is ignored */
	if (Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, objv[4], &stateSpec) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Ttk_RegisterLayoutTemplate(theme, layoutName, layoutTemplate);
	ThemeChanged(pkgPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}


























/* + style theme use $theme --
 *  	Sets the current theme to $theme
 */
static int
StyleThemeUseCmd(
    ClientData clientData,		/* StylePackageData pointer */
................................................................................
 *	Implementation of the [style] command.
 */

static const Ttk_Ensemble StyleThemeEnsemble[] = {
    { "create", StyleThemeCreateCmd, 0 },
    { "names", StyleThemeNamesCmd, 0 },
    { "settings", StyleThemeSettingsCmd, 0 },

    { "use", StyleThemeUseCmd, 0 },
    { NULL, 0, 0 }
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble StyleElementEnsemble[] = {
    { "create", StyleElementCreateCmd, 0 },
    { "names", StyleElementNamesCmd, 0 },






|







 







|


|







 







<
<
|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>







 







>







91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
....
1258
1259
1260
1261
1262
1263
1264
1265
1266
1267
1268
1269
1270
1271
1272
1273
1274
1275
....
1311
1312
1313
1314
1315
1316
1317


1318
1319
1320
1321
1322
1323
1324
1325
....
1605
1606
1607
1608
1609
1610
1611
1612
1613
1614
1615
1616
1617
1618
1619
1620
1621
1622
1623
1624
1625
1626
1627
1628
1629
1630
1631
1632
1633
1634
1635
1636
1637
1638
1639
1640
1641
1642
1643
....
1670
1671
1672
1673
1674
1675
1676
1677
1678
1679
1680
1681
1682
1683
1684
	style = style->parentStyle;
    }
    return 0;
}

/*
 * Ttk_StyleDefault --
 * 	Look up default resource setting in the specified style.
 */
Tcl_Obj *Ttk_StyleDefault(Ttk_Style style, const char *optionName)
{
    while (style) {
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
	    Tcl_FindHashEntry(&style->defaultsTable, optionName);
	if (entryPtr)
................................................................................
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp,2,objv,"style ?-option ?value...??");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    styleName = Tcl_GetString(objv[2]);
    stylePtr = Ttk_GetStyle(theme, styleName);

    if (objc == 3) {		/* style configure $styleName */
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, HashTableToDict(&stylePtr->defaultsTable));
	return TCL_OK;
    } else if (objc == 4) {	/* style configure $styleName -option */
	const char *optionName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);
	Tcl_HashEntry *entryPtr =
	    Tcl_FindHashEntry(&stylePtr->defaultsTable, optionName);
	if (entryPtr) {
	    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, (Tcl_Obj*)Tcl_GetHashValue(entryPtr));
	}
	return TCL_OK;
................................................................................

    if (objc < 4 || objc > 6) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "style -option ?state? ?default?");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    style = Ttk_GetStyle(theme, Tcl_GetString(objv[2]));



    optionName = Tcl_GetString(objv[3]);

    if (objc >= 5) {
	Ttk_StateSpec stateSpec;
	/* @@@ SB: Ttk_GetStateFromObj(); 'offbits' spec is ignored */
	if (Ttk_GetStateSpecFromObj(interp, objv[4], &stateSpec) != TCL_OK) {
	    return TCL_ERROR;
................................................................................
	    return TCL_ERROR;
	}
	Ttk_RegisterLayoutTemplate(theme, layoutName, layoutTemplate);
	ThemeChanged(pkgPtr);
    }
    return TCL_OK;
}

/* + style theme styles ?$theme? --
 * 	Return list of styles available in $theme.
 *      Use the current theme if $theme is omitted.
 */
static int StyleThemeStylesCmd(
    TCL_UNUSED(ClientData), Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    Ttk_Theme themePtr;

    if (objc < 3 || objc > 4) {
        Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 3, objv, "?theme?");
        return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    if (objc == 3) {
        themePtr = Ttk_GetCurrentTheme(interp);
    } else {
        themePtr = Ttk_GetTheme(interp, Tcl_GetString(objv[3]));
    }
    if (!themePtr)
        return TCL_ERROR;

    return TtkEnumerateHashTable(interp, &themePtr->styleTable);
}

/* + style theme use $theme --
 *  	Sets the current theme to $theme
 */
static int
StyleThemeUseCmd(
    ClientData clientData,		/* StylePackageData pointer */
................................................................................
 *	Implementation of the [style] command.
 */

static const Ttk_Ensemble StyleThemeEnsemble[] = {
    { "create", StyleThemeCreateCmd, 0 },
    { "names", StyleThemeNamesCmd, 0 },
    { "settings", StyleThemeSettingsCmd, 0 },
    { "styles", StyleThemeStylesCmd, 0 },
    { "use", StyleThemeUseCmd, 0 },
    { NULL, 0, 0 }
};

static const Ttk_Ensemble StyleElementEnsemble[] = {
    { "create", StyleElementCreateCmd, 0 },
    { "names", StyleElementNamesCmd, 0 },

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkTreeview.c.

3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297
3298
3299

3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308

3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
    { "drag",   	TreeviewDragCommand,0 },
    { "drop",   	TreeviewDropCommand,0 },
    { "exists", 	TreeviewExistsCommand,0 },
    { "focus", 		TreeviewFocusCommand,0 },
    { "heading", 	TreeviewHeadingCommand,0 },
    { "identify",  	TreeviewIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index",  	TreeviewIndexCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "insert", 	TreeviewInsertCommand,0 },

    { "item", 		TreeviewItemCommand,0 },
    { "move", 		TreeviewMoveCommand,0 },
    { "next", 		TreeviewNextCommand,0 },
    { "parent", 	TreeviewParentCommand,0 },
    { "prev", 		TreeviewPrevCommand,0 },
    { "see", 		TreeviewSeeCommand,0 },
    { "selection" ,	TreeviewSelectionCommand,0 },
    { "set",  		TreeviewSetCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },

    { "tag",    	0,TreeviewTagCommands },
    { "xview",  	TreeviewXViewCommand,0 },
    { "yview",  	TreeviewYViewCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------






<

>









>







3291
3292
3293
3294
3295
3296
3297

3298
3299
3300
3301
3302
3303
3304
3305
3306
3307
3308
3309
3310
3311
3312
3313
3314
3315
3316
    { "drag",   	TreeviewDragCommand,0 },
    { "drop",   	TreeviewDropCommand,0 },
    { "exists", 	TreeviewExistsCommand,0 },
    { "focus", 		TreeviewFocusCommand,0 },
    { "heading", 	TreeviewHeadingCommand,0 },
    { "identify",  	TreeviewIdentifyCommand,0 },
    { "index",  	TreeviewIndexCommand,0 },

    { "insert", 	TreeviewInsertCommand,0 },
    { "instate",	TtkWidgetInstateCommand,0 },
    { "item", 		TreeviewItemCommand,0 },
    { "move", 		TreeviewMoveCommand,0 },
    { "next", 		TreeviewNextCommand,0 },
    { "parent", 	TreeviewParentCommand,0 },
    { "prev", 		TreeviewPrevCommand,0 },
    { "see", 		TreeviewSeeCommand,0 },
    { "selection" ,	TreeviewSelectionCommand,0 },
    { "set",  		TreeviewSetCommand,0 },
    { "state",  	TtkWidgetStateCommand,0 },
    { "style",		TtkWidgetStyleCommand,0 },
    { "tag",    	0,TreeviewTagCommands },
    { "xview",  	TreeviewXViewCommand,0 },
    { "yview",  	TreeviewYViewCommand,0 },
    { 0,0,0 }
};

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.c.

1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
790
791
792
793
794
795
796




















797
798
799
800
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Core widget utilities.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkTheme.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
#endif

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................

    element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(corePtr->layout, x, y);
    if (element) {
	const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName,-1));
    }





















    return TCL_OK;
}

/*EOF*/






|







 







>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>




1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
...
790
791
792
793
794
795
796
797
798
799
800
801
802
803
804
805
806
807
808
809
810
811
812
813
814
815
816
817
818
819
820
/*
 * Copyright (c) 2003, Joe English
 *
 * Core widget utilities.
 */

#include "tkInt.h"
#include "ttkThemeInt.h"
#include "ttkWidget.h"

#ifdef MAC_OSX_TK
#define TK_NO_DOUBLE_BUFFERING 1
#endif

/*------------------------------------------------------------------------
................................................................................

    element = Ttk_IdentifyElement(corePtr->layout, x, y);
    if (element) {
	const char *elementName = Ttk_ElementName(element);
	Tcl_SetObjResult(interp,Tcl_NewStringObj(elementName,-1));
    }

    return TCL_OK;
}

/* $w style
 * 	Return the style currently applied to the widget.
 */

int TtkWidgetStyleCommand(
    void *recordPtr, Tcl_Interp *interp, int objc, Tcl_Obj *const objv[])
{
    WidgetCore *corePtr = (WidgetCore *)recordPtr;

    if (objc != 2) {
	Tcl_WrongNumArgs(interp, 2, objv, "");
	return TCL_ERROR;
    }

    Tcl_SetObjResult(interp, Tcl_NewStringObj(
            Ttk_StyleName(Ttk_LayoutStyle(corePtr->layout)), -1));

    return TCL_OK;
}

/*EOF*/

Changes to generic/ttk/ttkWidget.h.

85
86
87
88
89
90
91


92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkWidgetDoLayout(void *recordPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkWidgetDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable);

MODULE_SCOPE int TtkCoreConfigure(Tcl_Interp*, void *, int mask);

/* Common widget commands:
 */


MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetConfigureCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetCgetCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetInstateCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetStateCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);

/* Widget constructor:
 */
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd(
	ClientData, Tcl_Interp*, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);







>
>


|





|







85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkWidgetDoLayout(void *recordPtr);
MODULE_SCOPE void TtkWidgetDisplay(void *recordPtr, Drawable);

MODULE_SCOPE int TtkCoreConfigure(Tcl_Interp*, void *, int mask);

/* Common widget commands:
 */
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetCgetCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetConfigureCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetIdentifyCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetInstateCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetStateCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetStyleCommand(
	void *,Tcl_Interp *, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);

/* Widget constructor:
 */
MODULE_SCOPE int TtkWidgetConstructorObjCmd(
	ClientData, Tcl_Interp*, int, Tcl_Obj*const[]);

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXDialog.c.

19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
...
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK     NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK     NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOther  -1 // indicates that the -command option was used. 
#define modalError  -2

/*
 * Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.
 */

typedef struct {
................................................................................
	if ([NSApp macOSVersion] > 101400) {
	    modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
	} else {
	    modalReturnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
	}
    } else {

	/* 
	 * For the standalone file dialog, completion handlers do not work
	 * at all on macOS 10.14 and earlier.
	 */

	if ([NSApp macOSVersion] > 101400) {
	    [panel beginWithCompletionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) {
		    [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel






|







 







|







19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
...
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
#if MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOK     NSOKButton
#define modalCancel NSCancelButton
#else
#define modalOK     NSModalResponseOK
#define modalCancel NSModalResponseCancel
#endif // MAC_OS_X_VERSION_MIN_REQUIRED < 1090
#define modalOther  -1 // indicates that the -command option was used.
#define modalError  -2

/*
 * Vars for filtering in "open file" and "save file" dialogs.
 */

typedef struct {
................................................................................
	if ([NSApp macOSVersion] > 101400) {
	    modalReturnCode = [panel runModal];
	} else {
	    modalReturnCode = [NSApp runModalForWindow:panel];
	}
    } else {

	/*
	 * For the standalone file dialog, completion handlers do not work
	 * at all on macOS 10.14 and earlier.
	 */

	if ([NSApp macOSVersion] > 101400) {
	    [panel beginWithCompletionHandler:^(NSModalResponse returnCode) {
		    [NSApp tkFilePanelDidEnd:panel

Changes to macosx/tkMacOSXWm.c.

1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
....
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
    if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->cmapList);
    }
    wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
    wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;

    /*
     * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatability as
     * we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
     */

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
	ckfree(oldPtr);
    }

    topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
    topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;

    /*
     * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatability as
     * we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
     */
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *






|







 







|







1799
1800
1801
1802
1803
1804
1805
1806
1807
1808
1809
1810
1811
1812
1813
....
5180
5181
5182
5183
5184
5185
5186
5187
5188
5189
5190
5191
5192
5193
5194
    if (wmPtr->cmapList != NULL) {
	ckfree(wmPtr->cmapList);
    }
    wmPtr->cmapList = cmapList;
    wmPtr->cmapCount = windowObjc;

    /*
     * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatibility as
     * we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
     */

    return TCL_OK;
}
 
/*
................................................................................
	ckfree(oldPtr);
    }

    topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapList = newPtr;
    topPtr->wmInfoPtr->cmapCount = count+1;

    /*
     * On the Macintosh all of this is just an excercise in compatibility as
     * we don't support colormaps. If we did they would be installed here.
     */
}
 
/*
 *----------------------------------------------------------------------
 *

Changes to tests/ttk/checkbutton.test.

67
68
69
70
71
72
73














74
    # shall simply not crash
    ttk::checkbutton .cbev -variable {}
    .cbev invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .cbev
} -result {}















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

67
68
69
70
71
72
73
74
75
76
77
78
79
80
81
82
83
84
85
86
87
88
    # shall simply not crash
    ttk::checkbutton .cbev -variable {}
    .cbev invoke
} -cleanup {
    destroy .cbev
} -result {}

test checkbutton-2.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::checkbutton .w
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {{} TCheckbutton TCheckbutton}
test checkbutton-2.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.TCheckbutton
    ttk::checkbutton .w -style customStyle.TCheckbutton
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.TCheckbutton customStyle.TCheckbutton TCheckbutton}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/combobox.test.

82
83
84
85
86
87
88














89
    lappend result Select [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]
    update
    set result
} -result [list Start 0 {} Post 1 {} Select 0 b Event 0 b] -cleanup {
    destroy .cb
}















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

82
83
84
85
86
87
88
89
90
91
92
93
94
95
96
97
98
99
100
101
102
103
    lappend result Select [winfo ismapped .cb.popdown] [.cb get]
    update
    set result
} -result [list Start 0 {} Post 1 {} Select 0 b Event 0 b] -cleanup {
    destroy .cb
}

test combobox-4.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::combobox .w
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {{} TCombobox TCombobox}
test combobox-4.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.TCombobox
    ttk::combobox .w -style customStyle.TCombobox
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.TCombobox customStyle.TCombobox TCombobox}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/entry.test.

365
366
367
368
369
370
371














372
    set res [.e state]
    event generate .e <FocusOut>
    lappend res [.e state]
} -result {invalid invalid} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
}















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
380
381
382
383
384
385
386
    set res [.e state]
    event generate .e <FocusOut>
    lappend res [.e state]
} -result {invalid invalid} -cleanup {
    destroy .e
}

test entry-12.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::entry .w
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {{} TEntry TEntry}
test entry-12.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.TEntry
    ttk::entry .w -style customStyle.TEntry
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.TEntry customStyle.TEntry TEntry}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/labelframe.test.

124
125
126
127
128
129
130














131
    pack [ttk::labelframe .t.lf -labelwidget [ttk::label .t.lb]]
    pack [ttk::checkbutton .t.x2]
    winfo children .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list .t.x1 .t.lf .t.lb .t.x2]















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
    pack [ttk::labelframe .t.lf -labelwidget [ttk::label .t.lb]]
    pack [ttk::checkbutton .t.x2]
    winfo children .t
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t
} -result [list .t.x1 .t.lf .t.lb .t.x2]

test labelframe-7.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::labelframe .w
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {{} TLabelframe TLabelframe}
test labelframe-7.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.TLabelframe
    ttk::labelframe .w -style customStyle.TLabelframe
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.TLabelframe customStyle.TLabelframe TLabelframe}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/notebook.test.

508
509
510
511
512
513
514














515
test notebook-1343984-2 "don't autoselect on destroy" -body {
    set ::history [list]
    destroy .nb
    update
    set ::history
} -result [list DESTROY .nb.frame1 DESTROY .nb.frame2 DESTROY .nb.frame3]















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

508
509
510
511
512
513
514
515
516
517
518
519
520
521
522
523
524
525
526
527
528
529
test notebook-1343984-2 "don't autoselect on destroy" -body {
    set ::history [list]
    destroy .nb
    update
    set ::history
} -result [list DESTROY .nb.frame1 DESTROY .nb.frame2 DESTROY .nb.frame3]

test notebook-8.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::notebook .w
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {{} TNotebook TNotebook}
test notebook-8.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.TNotebook
    ttk::notebook .w -style customStyle.TNotebook
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.TNotebook customStyle.TNotebook TNotebook}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/panedwindow.test.

285
286
287
288
289
290
291


















292
    .pw.f1 configure -height 50 ;# should be denied
    propagate-geometry
    list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw] [.pw sashpos 0]
} -result [list 100 155 100]

test paned-propagation-cleanup "Clean up." -body { destroy .pw }



















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

285
286
287
288
289
290
291
292
293
294
295
296
297
298
299
300
301
302
303
304
305
306
307
308
309
310
    .pw.f1 configure -height 50 ;# should be denied
    propagate-geometry
    list [winfo reqwidth .pw] [winfo reqheight .pw] [.pw sashpos 0]
} -result [list 100 155 100]

test paned-propagation-cleanup "Clean up." -body { destroy .pw }

test panedwindow-6.1 "style command" -body {
    # Contrary to ttk::scrollbar, ttk::progressbar and ttk::scale,
    # ttk::panedwindow has same style TPanedwindow whatever -orient is
    ttk::panedwindow .wv  ; # default is  -orient vertical
    ttk::panedwindow .wh -orient horizontal
    list [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv]\
         [.wh cget -style] [.wh style] [winfo class .wh]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .wv .wh
} -result {{} TPanedwindow TPanedwindow {} TPanedwindow TPanedwindow}
test panedwindow-6.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.TPanedwindow
    ttk::panedwindow .w -style customStyle.TPanedwindow
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.TPanedwindow customStyle.TPanedwindow TPanedwindow}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/progressbar.test.

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
















125
    }
    set res
} -cleanup {
    unset res thefont
    destroy .p
} -result {{-anchor e} {-foreground green} {-justify center} {-text {Cannot be seen}} {-wraplength 250}}

















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

118
119
120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
    }
    set res
} -cleanup {
    unset res thefont
    destroy .p
} -result {{-anchor e} {-foreground green} {-justify center} {-text {Cannot be seen}} {-wraplength 250}}

test progressbar-4.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::progressbar .wh  ; # default is  -orient horizontal
    ttk::progressbar .wv -orient vertical
    list [.wh cget -style] [.wh style] [winfo class .wh]\
         [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .wh .wv
} -result {{} Horizontal.TProgressbar TProgressbar {} Vertical.TProgressbar TProgressbar}
test progressbar-4.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.Vertical.TProgressbar
    ttk::progressbar .w -orient vertical -style customStyle.Vertical.TProgressbar
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.Vertical.TProgressbar Vertical.customStyle.Vertical.TProgressbar TProgressbar}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/radiobutton.test.

42
43
44
45
46
47
48














49
} -result {0 1 1}

test radiobutton-1.8 "Reset radiobutton variable" -body {
    set ::choice 2
    list [info exists ::choice] [.rb1 instate alternate] [.rb2 instate alternate]
} -result {1 0 0}















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
54
55
56
57
58
59
60
61
62
63
} -result {0 1 1}

test radiobutton-1.8 "Reset radiobutton variable" -body {
    set ::choice 2
    list [info exists ::choice] [.rb1 instate alternate] [.rb2 instate alternate]
} -result {1 0 0}

test radiobutton-2.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::radiobutton .w
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {{} TRadiobutton TRadiobutton}
test radiobutton-2.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.TRadiobutton
    ttk::radiobutton .w -style customStyle.TRadiobutton
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.TRadiobutton customStyle.TRadiobutton TRadiobutton}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Added tests/ttk/scale.test.










































































































>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
1
2
3
4
5
6
7
8
9
10
11
12
13
14
15
16
17
18
19
20
21
22
23
24
25
26
27
28
29
30
31
32
33
34
35
36
37
38
39
40
41
42
43
44
45
46
47
48
49
50
51
52
53
package require Tk
package require tcltest 2.2
namespace import -force tcltest::*
loadTestedCommands

test scale-1.0 "Self-destruction" -body {
    trace variable v w { destroy .s ;# }
    ttk::scale .s -variable v
    pack .s ; update
    .s set 1 ; update
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result "*"

test scale-2.1 "-state option" -setup {
    ttk::scale .s
    set res ""
} -body {
    # defaults
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # set -state: instate returns accordingly
    .s configure -state disabled
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # back to normal
    .s configure -state normal
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # use state command: -state does NOT reflect it
    .s state disabled
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # further use state command
    .s state readonly
    lappend res [.s state] [.s cget -state]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
    unset -nocomplain res
} -result {0 normal 1 disabled 0 normal 1 normal {disabled readonly} normal}

test scale-3.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::scale .wh  ; # default is  -orient horizontal
    ttk::scale .wv -orient vertical
    list [.wh cget -style] [.wh style] [winfo class .wh] \
         [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .wh .wv
} -result {{} Horizontal.TScale TScale {} Vertical.TScale TScale}
test scale-3.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.Vertical.TScale
    ttk::scale .w -orient vertical -style customStyle.Vertical.TScale
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.Vertical.TScale Vertical.customStyle.Vertical.TScale TScale}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/scrollbar.test.

111
112
113
114
115
116
117
118

119
120
121


122
123
124
125
126
127
128

129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150

151
152
153
    event generate .s <MouseWheel> -delta -120
    after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
    .t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .s
} -result {1.4}

#

# Scale tests:
#



test scale-1.0 "Self-destruction" -body {
    trace variable v w { destroy .s ;# }
    ttk::scale .s -variable v
    pack .s ; update
    .s set 1 ; update
} -returnCodes error -match glob -result "*"


test scale-2.1 "-state option" -setup {
    ttk::scale .s
    set res ""
} -body {
    # defaults
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # set -state: instate returns accordingly
    .s configure -state disabled
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # back to normal
    .s configure -state normal
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # use state command: -state does NOT reflect it
    .s state disabled
    lappend res [.s instate disabled] [.s cget -state]
    # further use state command
    .s state readonly
    lappend res [.s state] [.s cget -state]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .s
    unset -nocomplain res
} -result {0 normal 1 disabled 0 normal 1 normal {disabled readonly} normal}


tcltest::cleanupTests







<
>
|
<
<
>
>
|
|
|
|
|
|
<
>
|
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<
<

|
<
<
>



111
112
113
114
115
116
117

118
119


120
121
122
123
124
125
126
127

128
129

















130
131


132
133
134
135
    event generate .s <MouseWheel> -delta -120
    after 200 {set eventprocessed 1} ; vwait eventprocessed
    .t index @0,0
} -cleanup {
    destroy .t .s
} -result {1.4}


test scrollbar-11.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::scrollbar .wv  ; # default is  -orient vertical


    ttk::scrollbar .wh -orient horizontal
    list [.wv cget -style] [.wv style] [winfo class .wv] \
         [.wh cget -style] [.wh style] [winfo class .wh]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .wv .wh
} -result {{} Vertical.TScrollbar TScrollbar {} Horizontal.TScrollbar TScrollbar}
test scrollbar-11.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.Horizontal.TScrollbar

    ttk::scrollbar .w -orient horizontal -style customStyle.Horizontal.TScrollbar
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]

















} -cleanup {
    destroy .w


} -result {customStyle.Horizontal.TScrollbar Horizontal.customStyle.Horizontal.TScrollbar TScrollbar}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/spinbox.test.

354
355
356
357
358
359
360














361
362
363
364
365
    event generate .sb <<Increment>> ; lappend result [.sb get]
    .sb set asdfasdf ; lappend result [.sb get]
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>> ; lappend result [.sb get]
} -result [list asdfasdf 000 asdfasdf 000] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}















tcltest::cleanupTests

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>





354
355
356
357
358
359
360
361
362
363
364
365
366
367
368
369
370
371
372
373
374
375
376
377
378
379
    event generate .sb <<Increment>> ; lappend result [.sb get]
    .sb set asdfasdf ; lappend result [.sb get]
    event generate .sb <<Decrement>> ; lappend result [.sb get]
} -result [list asdfasdf 000 asdfasdf 000] -cleanup {
    destroy .sb
}

test spinbox-5.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::spinbox .w
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {{} TSpinbox TSpinbox}
test spinbox-5.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.TSpinbox
    ttk::spinbox .w -style customStyle.TSpinbox
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.TSpinbox customStyle.TSpinbox TSpinbox}

tcltest::cleanupTests

# Local variables:
# mode: tcl
# End:

Changes to tests/ttk/treeview.test.

831
832
833
834
835
836
837














838
    update idletasks ; # no slack anymore because the widget resizes (shrinks)
    lappend res [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width] \
                [expr {[winfo width .tv] < $origTreeWidth}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result {60 50 60 50 60 50 1}















tcltest::cleanupTests






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>

831
832
833
834
835
836
837
838
839
840
841
842
843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
    update idletasks ; # no slack anymore because the widget resizes (shrinks)
    lappend res [.tv column bar -width] [.tv column colA -width] \
                [expr {[winfo width .tv] < $origTreeWidth}]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .tv
} -result {60 50 60 50 60 50 1}

test treeview-11.1 "style command" -body {
    ttk::treeview .w
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {{} Treeview Treeview}
test treeview-11.2 "style command" -body {
    ttk::style configure customStyle.Treeview
    ttk::treeview .w -style customStyle.Treeview
    list [.w cget -style] [.w style] [winfo class .w]
} -cleanup {
    destroy .w
} -result {customStyle.Treeview customStyle.Treeview Treeview}

tcltest::cleanupTests

Changes to tests/ttk/ttk.test.

650
651
652
653
654
655
656











657
658
659
660
661
662
test ttk-ensemble-4 "style element create: insufficient args" -body {
     ttk::style element create plain.background from
} -returnCodes error -result [wrong#args theme ?element?]

test ttk-ensemble-5 "style element create: valid" -body {
     ttk::style element create plain.background from default
} -returnCodes 0 -result ""












eval destroy [winfo children .]

tcltest::cleanupTests

#*EOF*






>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>
>






650
651
652
653
654
655
656
657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
672
673
test ttk-ensemble-4 "style element create: insufficient args" -body {
     ttk::style element create plain.background from
} -returnCodes error -result [wrong#args theme ?element?]

test ttk-ensemble-5 "style element create: valid" -body {
     ttk::style element create plain.background from default
} -returnCodes 0 -result ""

test ttk-16.1 {ttk::style theme styles - no such theme} -body {
    ttk::style theme styles noSuchTheme
} -returnCodes 1 -result {theme "noSuchTheme" doesn't exist}
test ttk-16.2 {ttk::style theme styles - theme exists} -body {
    # simply check this produces a list with some style names,
    # without checking exact content (not needed, and may vary
    # depending on platform, versions, improvements...)
    expr {[llength [ttk::style theme styles alt]] > 0}
} -result 1


eval destroy [winfo children .]

tcltest::cleanupTests

#*EOF*

Changes to win/Makefile.in.

122
123
124
125
126
127
128


129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
...
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
...
183
184
185
186
187
188
189
190
191
192
193
194
195
196
197
198
TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE		= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_GENERIC_DIR)')
TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE		= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_PLATFORM_DIR)')
TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE		= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_SRC_DIR)')

DLLSUFFIX		= @[email protected]
LIBSUFFIX		= @[email protected]
EXESUFFIX		= @[email protected]



TK_STUB_LIB_FILE	= @[email protected]
TK_LIB_FILE		= @[email protected]
TK_DLL_FILE		= @[email protected]
TEST_DLL_FILE		= tktest$(VER)${DLLSUFFIX}
TEST_LIB_FILE		= @[email protected]$(VER)${LIBSUFFIX}

SHARED_LIBRARIES 	= $(TK_DLL_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
STATIC_LIBRARIES	= $(TK_LIB_FILE)

WISH			= wish$(VER)${EXESUFFIX}
TKTEST			= tktest.exe
CAT32			= cat32.exe
MAN2TCL			= man2tcl.exe

@[email protected]

# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the
# makefile to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj
# dependencies.

................................................................................
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @[email protected]

# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
# debugging symbols, change the following line:
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
CFLAGS		= @[email protected] @[email protected] -D_ATL_XP_TARGETING

# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
MAN2TCLFLAGS	= @[email protected]

AR		= @[email protected]
RANLIB		= @[email protected]
CC		= @[email protected]
................................................................................
LDFLAGS_WINDOW	= @[email protected]
OBJEXT		= @[email protected]
STLIB_LD	= @[email protected]
SHLIB_LD	= @[email protected]
SHLIB_LD_LIBS	= @[email protected]
SHLIB_CFLAGS	= @[email protected]
SHLIB_SUFFIX	= @[email protected]
VER		= @[email protected]@[email protected]
DOTVER		= @[email protected]@[email protected]
LIBS		= $(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) @[email protected] @[email protected]
RMDIR		= rm -rf
MKDIR		= mkdir -p
SHELL		= @[email protected]
RM		= rm -f
COPY		= cp







>
>





|





|
|
|







 







|







 







<
<







122
123
124
125
126
127
128
129
130
131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
146
147
148
149
150
151
...
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
175
176
177
...
185
186
187
188
189
190
191


192
193
194
195
196
197
198
TCL_GENERIC_NATIVE		= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_GENERIC_DIR)')
TCL_PLATFORM_NATIVE		= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_PLATFORM_DIR)')
TCL_SRC_DIR_NATIVE		= $(shell $(CYGPATH) '$(TCL_SRC_DIR)')

DLLSUFFIX		= @[email protected]
LIBSUFFIX		= @[email protected]
EXESUFFIX		= @[email protected]
VER			= @[email protected]@[email protected]
DOTVER			= @[email protected]@[email protected]

TK_STUB_LIB_FILE	= @[email protected]
TK_LIB_FILE		= @[email protected]
TK_DLL_FILE		= @[email protected]
TEST_DLL_FILE		= tktest$(VER)${DLLSUFFIX}
TEST_LIB_FILE		= @[email protected]$(VER)${DLLSUFFIX}${LIBSUFFIX}

SHARED_LIBRARIES 	= $(TK_DLL_FILE) $(TK_STUB_LIB_FILE)
STATIC_LIBRARIES	= $(TK_LIB_FILE)

WISH			= wish$(VER)${EXESUFFIX}
TKTEST			= tktest${EXESUFFIX}
CAT32			= cat32${EXESUFFIX}
MAN2TCL			= man2tcl${EXESUFFIX}

@[email protected]

# Setting the VPATH variable to a list of paths will cause the
# makefile to look into these paths when resolving .c to .obj
# dependencies.

................................................................................
LDFLAGS_OPTIMIZE = @[email protected]

# To change the compiler switches, for example to change from optimization to
# debugging symbols, change the following line:
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
#CFLAGS		= $(CFLAGS_DEBUG) $(CFLAGS_OPTIMIZE)
CFLAGS		= @[email protected] @[email protected] -D_ATL_XP_TARGETING=1 -D__USE_MINGW_ANSI_STDIO=0

# Special compiler flags to use when building man2tcl on Windows.
MAN2TCLFLAGS	= @[email protected]

AR		= @[email protected]
RANLIB		= @[email protected]
CC		= @[email protected]
................................................................................
LDFLAGS_WINDOW	= @[email protected]
OBJEXT		= @[email protected]
STLIB_LD	= @[email protected]
SHLIB_LD	= @[email protected]
SHLIB_LD_LIBS	= @[email protected]
SHLIB_CFLAGS	= @[email protected]
SHLIB_SUFFIX	= @[email protected]


LIBS		= $(TCL_STUB_LIB_FILE) @[email protected] @[email protected]
RMDIR		= rm -rf
MKDIR		= mkdir -p
SHELL		= @[email protected]
RM		= rm -f
COPY		= cp

Changes to win/configure.

4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
....
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904

4905



4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
	fi
	# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
	# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
	SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \[email protected] ${extra_ldflags} \
	    -Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.a,\[email protected])"
	# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
	# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
	DLLSUFFIX=".dll"
	LIBSUFFIX=".a"
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX=""
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

................................................................................
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""

eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk$VER${LIBSUFFIX}"




eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"






|







 







>
|
>
>
>







4240
4241
4242
4243
4244
4245
4246
4247
4248
4249
4250
4251
4252
4253
4254
....
4898
4899
4900
4901
4902
4903
4904
4905
4906
4907
4908
4909
4910
4911
4912
4913
4914
4915
4916
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
	fi
	# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
	# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
	SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \[email protected] ${extra_ldflags} \
	    -Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.dll.a,\[email protected])"
	# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
	# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
	DLLSUFFIX=".dll"
	LIBSUFFIX=".a"
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX=""
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

................................................................................
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""

eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 ; then
 eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
else
 eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${DLLSUFFIX}.a"
fi

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"

Changes to win/configure.ac.

156
157
158
159
160
161
162

163



164
165
166
167
168
169
170
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""

eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk$VER${LIBSUFFIX}"




eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"






>
|
>
>
>







156
157
158
159
160
161
162
163
164
165
166
167
168
169
170
171
172
173
174
TK_SHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${DLLSUFFIX}"
TK_UNSHARED_LIB_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"
TK_EXPORT_FILE_SUFFIX="\${NODOT_VERSION}${LIBSUFFIX}"

eval "TK_SRC_DIR=\"`cd $srcdir/..; pwd`\""

eval "TK_DLL_FILE=tk$VER${DLLSUFFIX}"
if test ${SHARED_BUILD} = 0 ; then
 eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
else
 eval "TK_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tk${VER}${DLLSUFFIX}.a"
fi

eval "TK_STUB_LIB_FILE=${LIBPREFIX}tkstub${VER}${LIBSUFFIX}"
# FIXME: All of this var junk needs to be done in tcl.m4 !!!!
# I left out the other vars that also need to get defined here.
# we also need to double check about spaces in path names
eval "TK_LIB_FLAG=\"-ltk${VER}${LIBFLAGSUFFIX}\""
TK_LIB_SPEC="-L${libdir} ${TK_LIB_FLAG}"

Changes to win/tcl.m4.

657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
	fi
	# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
	# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
	SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \[$]@ ${extra_ldflags} \
	    -Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.a,\[$]@)"
	# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
	# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
	DLLSUFFIX=".dll"
	LIBSUFFIX=".a"
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX=""
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll







|







657
658
659
660
661
662
663
664
665
666
667
668
669
670
671
	    LIBRARIES="\${SHARED_LIBRARIES}"
	fi
	# Link with gcc since ld does not link to default libs like
	# -luser32 and -lmsvcrt by default.
	SHLIB_LD='${CC} -shared'
	SHLIB_LD_LIBS='${LIBS}'
	MAKE_DLL="\${SHLIB_LD} \$(LDFLAGS) -o \[$]@ ${extra_ldflags} \
	    -Wl,--out-implib,\$(patsubst %.dll,lib%.dll.a,\[$]@)"
	# DLLSUFFIX is separate because it is the building block for
	# users of tclConfig.sh that may build shared or static.
	DLLSUFFIX=".dll"
	LIBSUFFIX=".a"
	LIBFLAGSUFFIX=""
	SHLIB_SUFFIX=.dll

Changes to win/tkWin32Dll.c.

131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
	     * Construct an TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION to protect the call to
	     * TkFinalize
	     */

	    "leaq	%[registration], %%rdx"		"\n\t"
	    "movq	%%gs:0,		%%rax"		"\n\t"
	    "movq	%%rax,		0x0(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* link */
	    "leaq	1f,		%%rax"		"\n\t"
	    "movq	%%rax,		0x8(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* handler */
	    "movq	%%rbp,		0x10(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* rbp */
	    "movq	%%rsp,		0x18(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* rsp */
	    "movl	%[error],	0x20(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* status */

	    /*
	     * Link the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION on the chain






|







131
132
133
134
135
136
137
138
139
140
141
142
143
144
145
	     * Construct an TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION to protect the call to
	     * TkFinalize
	     */

	    "leaq	%[registration], %%rdx"		"\n\t"
	    "movq	%%gs:0,		%%rax"		"\n\t"
	    "movq	%%rax,		0x0(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* link */
	    "leaq	1f(%%rip),	%%rax"		"\n\t"
	    "movq	%%rax,		0x8(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* handler */
	    "movq	%%rbp,		0x10(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* rbp */
	    "movq	%%rsp,		0x18(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* rsp */
	    "movl	%[error],	0x20(%%rdx)"	"\n\t" /* status */

	    /*
	     * Link the TCLEXCEPTION_REGISTRATION on the chain

Changes to win/tkWinCursor.c.

100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
    TkWinCursor *cursorPtr;
    int argc;
    const char **argv = NULL;
    (void)tkwin;

    /*
     * All cursor names are valid lists of one element (for
     * Unix-compatability), even unadorned system cursor names.
     */

    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
	return NULL;
    }
    if (argc == 0) {
	goto badCursorSpec;






|







100
101
102
103
104
105
106
107
108
109
110
111
112
113
114
    TkWinCursor *cursorPtr;
    int argc;
    const char **argv = NULL;
    (void)tkwin;

    /*
     * All cursor names are valid lists of one element (for
     * Unix-compatibility), even unadorned system cursor names.
     */

    if (Tcl_SplitList(interp, string, &argc, &argv) != TCL_OK) {
	return NULL;
    }
    if (argc == 0) {
	goto badCursorSpec;

Changes to win/tkWinDialog.c.

1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
....
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
    switch (oper) {
    case OFN_FILE_SAVE: options = saveOptions; break;
    case OFN_DIR_CHOOSE: options = dirOptions; break;
    case OFN_FILE_OPEN: options = openOptions; break;
    }

    ZeroMemory(optsPtr, sizeof(*optsPtr));
    // optsPtr->forceXPStyle = 1;
    optsPtr->tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
    optsPtr->confirmOverwrite = 1; /* By default we ask for confirmation */
    Tcl_DStringInit(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
    optsPtr->file[0] = 0;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	int index;
................................................................................
	 * -enablenonfolders can be used to allow non folders to be selected.
	 *
	 * Not called when user changes edit box directly.
	 */

	if (SHGetPathFromIDListW((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) {
	    SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXTW, 0, (LPARAM) selDir);
	    // enable the OK button
	    SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1);
	} else {
	    // disable the OK button
	    SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0);
	}
	UpdateWindow(hwnd);
	return 1;

    case BFFM_INITIALIZED: {
	/*






|







 







|


|







1082
1083
1084
1085
1086
1087
1088
1089
1090
1091
1092
1093
1094
1095
1096
....
2707
2708
2709
2710
2711
2712
2713
2714
2715
2716
2717
2718
2719
2720
2721
2722
2723
2724
    switch (oper) {
    case OFN_FILE_SAVE: options = saveOptions; break;
    case OFN_DIR_CHOOSE: options = dirOptions; break;
    case OFN_FILE_OPEN: options = openOptions; break;
    }

    ZeroMemory(optsPtr, sizeof(*optsPtr));
    /* optsPtr->forceXPStyle = 1; */
    optsPtr->tkwin = (Tk_Window)clientData;
    optsPtr->confirmOverwrite = 1; /* By default we ask for confirmation */
    Tcl_DStringInit(&optsPtr->utfDirString);
    optsPtr->file[0] = 0;

    for (i = 1; i < objc; i += 2) {
	int index;
................................................................................
	 * -enablenonfolders can be used to allow non folders to be selected.
	 *
	 * Not called when user changes edit box directly.
	 */

	if (SHGetPathFromIDListW((LPITEMIDLIST) lParam, selDir)) {
	    SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_SETSTATUSTEXTW, 0, (LPARAM) selDir);
	    /* enable the OK button */
	    SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 1);
	} else {
	    /* disable the OK button */
	    SendMessageW(hwnd, BFFM_ENABLEOK, 0, (LPARAM) 0);
	}
	UpdateWindow(hwnd);
	return 1;

    case BFFM_INITIALIZED: {
	/*

Changes to win/ttkWinXPTheme.c.

843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
...
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
    hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent(
	    elementData->hTheme,
	    elementData->hDC,
	    elementData->info->partId,
	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
	    Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, len, &ds),
	    -1,
	    DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX,
	    NULL,
	    &rc);

    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	*widthPtr = rc.right - rc.left;
	*heightPtr = rc.bottom - rc.top;
    }
................................................................................
    hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText(
	    elementData->hTheme,
	    elementData->hDC,
	    elementData->info->partId,
	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
	    Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, len, &ds),
	    -1,
	    DT_LEFT,// | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX,
	    (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0,
	    &rc);

    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    FreeElementData(elementData);
}







|







 







|







843
844
845
846
847
848
849
850
851
852
853
854
855
856
857
...
882
883
884
885
886
887
888
889
890
891
892
893
894
895
896
    hr = elementData->procs->GetThemeTextExtent(
	    elementData->hTheme,
	    elementData->hDC,
	    elementData->info->partId,
	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, 0),
	    Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, len, &ds),
	    -1,
	    DT_LEFT /* | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX */,
	    NULL,
	    &rc);

    if (SUCCEEDED(hr)) {
	*widthPtr = rc.right - rc.left;
	*heightPtr = rc.bottom - rc.top;
    }
................................................................................
    hr = elementData->procs->DrawThemeText(
	    elementData->hTheme,
	    elementData->hDC,
	    elementData->info->partId,
	    Ttk_StateTableLookup(elementData->info->statemap, state),
	    Tcl_UtfToWCharDString(src, len, &ds),
	    -1,
	    DT_LEFT /* | DT_BOTTOM | DT_NOPREFIX */,
	    (state & TTK_STATE_DISABLED) ? DTT_GRAYED : 0,
	    &rc);

    Tcl_DStringFree(&ds);
    FreeElementData(elementData);
}